blob: 853ae40169a0635880a407ae9cf652a3c7714b82 [file] [log] [blame]
Glenn Randers-Pehrson48854ae2010-10-17 12:52:29 -05001libpng-manual.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0740c622013-12-26 11:21:50 -06003 libpng version 1.6.9beta01 - December 26, 2013
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson
5 <glennrp at users.sourceforge.net>
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06006 Copyright (c) 1998-2013 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
Glenn Randers-Pehrson037023b2009-06-24 10:27:36 -05007
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonbfbf8652009-06-26 21:46:52 -05008 This document is released under the libpng license.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc332bbc2009-06-25 13:43:50 -05009 For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
Glenn Randers-Pehrson037023b2009-06-24 10:27:36 -050010 and license in png.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050011
12 Based on:
13
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0740c622013-12-26 11:21:50 -060014 libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.6.9beta01 - December 26, 2013
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050015 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -060016 Copyright (c) 1998-2013 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050017
18 libpng 1.0 beta 6 version 0.96 May 28, 1997
19 Updated and distributed by Andreas Dilger
20 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger
21
22 libpng 1.0 beta 2 - version 0.88 January 26, 1996
23 For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright
24 notice in png.h. Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric
25 Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
26
27 Updated/rewritten per request in the libpng FAQ
28 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Frank J. T. Wojcik
29 December 18, 1995 & January 20, 1996
30
Glenn Randers-Pehrson6e418422011-12-29 20:57:39 -060031 TABLE OF CONTENTS
32
33 I. Introduction
34 II. Structures
35 III. Reading
36 IV. Writing
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -060037 V. Simplified API
38 VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
39 VII. MNG support
40 VIII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
41 IX. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
42 X. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
43 XI. Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
44 XII. Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x
45 XIII. Detecting libpng
46 XIV. Source code repository
47 XV. Coding style
48 XVI. Y2K Compliance in libpng
Glenn Randers-Pehrson6e418422011-12-29 20:57:39 -060049
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050050I. Introduction
51
52This file describes how to use and modify the PNG reference library
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49f9c242013-04-27 18:03:03 -050053(known as libpng) for your own use. In addition to this
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050054file, example.c is a good starting point for using the library, as
55it is heavily commented and should include everything most people
56will need. We assume that libpng is already installed; see the
57INSTALL file for instructions on how to install libpng.
58
59For examples of libpng usage, see the files "example.c", "pngtest.c",
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -060060and the files in the "contrib" directory, all of which are included in
61the libpng distribution.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050062
63Libpng was written as a companion to the PNG specification, as a way
64of reducing the amount of time and effort it takes to support the PNG
65file format in application programs.
66
67The PNG specification (second edition), November 2003, is available as
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -060068a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO Standard (ISO/IEC 15948:2004 (E)) at
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -050069<http://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/
70The W3C and ISO documents have identical technical content.
71
72The PNG-1.2 specification is available at
73<http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/>. It is technically equivalent
74to the PNG specification (second edition) but has some additional material.
75
76The PNG-1.0 specification is available
77as RFC 2083 <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/> and as a
78W3C Recommendation <http://www.w3.org/TR/REC.png.html>.
79
80Some additional chunks are described in the special-purpose public chunks
81documents at <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/>.
82
83Other information
84about PNG, and the latest version of libpng, can be found at the PNG home
85page, <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>.
86
87Most users will not have to modify the library significantly; advanced
88users may want to modify it more. All attempts were made to make it as
89complete as possible, while keeping the code easy to understand.
90Currently, this library only supports C. Support for other languages
91is being considered.
92
93Libpng has been designed to handle multiple sessions at one time,
94to be easily modifiable, to be portable to the vast majority of
95machines (ANSI, K&R, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit) available, and to be easy
96to use. The ultimate goal of libpng is to promote the acceptance of
97the PNG file format in whatever way possible. While there is still
98work to be done (see the TODO file), libpng should cover the
99majority of the needs of its users.
100
101Libpng uses zlib for its compression and decompression of PNG files.
102Further information about zlib, and the latest version of zlib, can
103be found at the zlib home page, <http://www.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib/>.
104The zlib compression utility is a general purpose utility that is
105useful for more than PNG files, and can be used without libpng.
106See the documentation delivered with zlib for more details.
107You can usually find the source files for the zlib utility wherever you
108find the libpng source files.
109
110Libpng is thread safe, provided the threads are using different
111instances of the structures. Each thread should have its own
112png_struct and png_info instances, and thus its own image.
113Libpng does not protect itself against two threads using the
114same instance of a structure.
115
116II. Structures
117
118There are two main structures that are important to libpng, png_struct
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500119and png_info. Both are internal structures that are no longer exposed
120in the libpng interface (as of libpng 1.5.0).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500121
122The png_info structure is designed to provide information about the
123PNG file. At one time, the fields of png_info were intended to be
124directly accessible to the user. However, this tended to cause problems
125with applications using dynamically loaded libraries, and as a result
126a set of interface functions for png_info (the png_get_*() and png_set_*()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500127functions) was developed, and direct access to the png_info fields was
128deprecated..
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500129
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500130The png_struct structure is the object used by the library to decode a
131single image. As of 1.5.0 this structure is also not exposed.
132
133Almost all libpng APIs require a pointer to a png_struct as the first argument.
134Many (in particular the png_set and png_get APIs) also require a pointer
135to png_info as the second argument. Some application visible macros
136defined in png.h designed for basic data access (reading and writing
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500137integers in the PNG format) don't take a png_info pointer, but it's almost
138always safe to assume that a (png_struct*) has to be passed to call an API
139function.
140
141You can have more than one png_info structure associated with an image,
142as illustrated in pngtest.c, one for information valid prior to the
143IDAT chunks and another (called "end_info" below) for things after them.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500144
145The png.h header file is an invaluable reference for programming with libpng.
146And while I'm on the topic, make sure you include the libpng header file:
147
148#include <png.h>
149
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500150and also (as of libpng-1.5.0) the zlib header file, if you need it:
151
152#include <zlib.h>
153
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500154Types
155
156The png.h header file defines a number of integral types used by the
157APIs. Most of these are fairly obvious; for example types corresponding
158to integers of particular sizes and types for passing color values.
159
160One exception is how non-integral numbers are handled. For application
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -0600161convenience most APIs that take such numbers have C (double) arguments;
162however, internally PNG, and libpng, use 32 bit signed integers and encode
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500163the value by multiplying by 100,000. As of libpng 1.5.0 a convenience
164macro PNG_FP_1 is defined in png.h along with a type (png_fixed_point)
165which is simply (png_int_32).
166
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500167All APIs that take (double) arguments also have a matching API that
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500168takes the corresponding fixed point integer arguments. The fixed point
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500169API has the same name as the floating point one with "_fixed" appended.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500170The actual range of values permitted in the APIs is frequently less than
171the full range of (png_fixed_point) (-21474 to +21474). When APIs require
172a non-negative argument the type is recorded as png_uint_32 above. Consult
173the header file and the text below for more information.
174
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600175Special care must be take with sCAL chunk handling because the chunk itself
176uses non-integral values encoded as strings containing decimal floating point
177numbers. See the comments in the header file.
178
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500179Configuration
180
181The main header file function declarations are frequently protected by C
182preprocessing directives of the form:
183
184 #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
185 declare-function
186 #endif
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500187 ...
188 #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
189 use-function
190 #endif
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500191
192The library can be built without support for these APIs, although a
193standard build will have all implemented APIs. Application programs
194should check the feature macros before using an API for maximum
195portability. From libpng 1.5.0 the feature macros set during the build
196of libpng are recorded in the header file "pnglibconf.h" and this file
197is always included by png.h.
198
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500199If you don't need to change the library configuration from the default, skip to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600200the next section ("Reading").
201
202Notice that some of the makefiles in the 'scripts' directory and (in 1.5.0) all
203of the build project files in the 'projects' directory simply copy
204scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to pnglibconf.h. This means that these build
205systems do not permit easy auto-configuration of the library - they only
206support the default configuration.
207
208The easiest way to make minor changes to the libpng configuration when
209auto-configuration is supported is to add definitions to the command line
210using (typically) CPPFLAGS. For example:
211
212CPPFLAGS=-DPNG_NO_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC
213
214will change the internal libpng math implementation for gamma correction and
215other arithmetic calculations to fixed point, avoiding the need for fast
216floating point support. The result can be seen in the generated pnglibconf.h -
217make sure it contains the changed feature macro setting.
218
219If you need to make more extensive configuration changes - more than one or two
220feature macro settings - you can either add -DPNG_USER_CONFIG to the build
221command line and put a list of feature macro settings in pngusr.h or you can set
222DFA_XTRA (a makefile variable) to a file containing the same information in the
223form of 'option' settings.
224
225A. Changing pnglibconf.h
226
227A variety of methods exist to build libpng. Not all of these support
228reconfiguration of pnglibconf.h. To reconfigure pnglibconf.h it must either be
229rebuilt from scripts/pnglibconf.dfa using awk or it must be edited by hand.
230
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500231Hand editing is achieved by copying scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to
232pnglibconf.h and changing the lines defining the supported features, paying
233very close attention to the 'option' information in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa
234that describes those features and their requirements. This is easy to get
235wrong.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600236
237B. Configuration using DFA_XTRA
238
239Rebuilding from pnglibconf.dfa is easy if a functioning 'awk', or a later
240variant such as 'nawk' or 'gawk', is available. The configure build will
241automatically find an appropriate awk and build pnglibconf.h.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500242The scripts/pnglibconf.mak file contains a set of make rules for doing the
243same thing if configure is not used, and many of the makefiles in the scripts
244directory use this approach.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600245
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500246When rebuilding simply write a new file containing changed options and set
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600247DFA_XTRA to the name of this file. This causes the build to append the new file
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500248to the end of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa. The pngusr.dfa file should contain lines
249of the following forms:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600250
251everything = off
252
253This turns all optional features off. Include it at the start of pngusr.dfa to
254make it easier to build a minimal configuration. You will need to turn at least
255some features on afterward to enable either reading or writing code, or both.
256
257option feature on
258option feature off
259
260Enable or disable a single feature. This will automatically enable other
261features required by a feature that is turned on or disable other features that
262require a feature which is turned off. Conflicting settings will cause an error
263message to be emitted by awk.
264
265setting feature default value
266
267Changes the default value of setting 'feature' to 'value'. There are a small
268number of settings listed at the top of pnglibconf.h, they are documented in the
269source code. Most of these values have performance implications for the library
270but most of them have no visible effect on the API. Some can also be overridden
271from the API.
272
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500273This method of building a customized pnglibconf.h is illustrated in
274contrib/pngminim/*. See the "$(PNGCONF):" target in the makefile and
275pngusr.dfa in these directories.
276
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600277C. Configuration using PNG_USR_CONFIG
278
279If -DPNG_USR_CONFIG is added to the CFLAGS when pnglibconf.h is built the file
280pngusr.h will automatically be included before the options in
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500281scripts/pnglibconf.dfa are processed. Your pngusr.h file should contain only
282macro definitions turning features on or off or setting settings.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600283
284Apart from the global setting "everything = off" all the options listed above
285can be set using macros in pngusr.h:
286
287#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
288
289is equivalent to:
290
291option feature on
292
293#define PNG_NO_feature
294
295is equivalent to:
296
297option feature off
298
299#define PNG_feature value
300
301is equivalent to:
302
303setting feature default value
304
305Notice that in both cases, pngusr.dfa and pngusr.h, the contents of the
306pngusr file you supply override the contents of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa
307
308If confusing or incomprehensible behavior results it is possible to
309examine the intermediate file pnglibconf.dfn to find the full set of
310dependency information for each setting and option. Simply locate the
311feature in the file and read the C comments that precede it.
312
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500313This method is also illustrated in the contrib/pngminim/* makefiles and
314pngusr.h.
315
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500316III. Reading
317
318We'll now walk you through the possible functions to call when reading
319in a PNG file sequentially, briefly explaining the syntax and purpose
320of each one. See example.c and png.h for more detail. While
321progressive reading is covered in the next section, you will still
322need some of the functions discussed in this section to read a PNG
323file.
324
325Setup
326
327You will want to do the I/O initialization(*) before you get into libpng,
328so if it doesn't work, you don't have much to undo. Of course, you
329will also want to insure that you are, in fact, dealing with a PNG
330file. Libpng provides a simple check to see if a file is a PNG file.
331To use it, pass in the first 1 to 8 bytes of the file to the function
332png_sig_cmp(), and it will return 0 (false) if the bytes match the
333corresponding bytes of the PNG signature, or nonzero (true) otherwise.
334Of course, the more bytes you pass in, the greater the accuracy of the
335prediction.
336
337If you are intending to keep the file pointer open for use in libpng,
338you must ensure you don't read more than 8 bytes from the beginning
339of the file, and you also have to make a call to png_set_sig_bytes_read()
340with the number of bytes you read from the beginning. Libpng will
341then only check the bytes (if any) that your program didn't read.
342
343(*): If you are not using the standard I/O functions, you will need
344to replace them with custom functions. See the discussion under
345Customizing libpng.
346
347
348 FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb");
349 if (!fp)
350 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600351 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500352 }
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600353
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500354 fread(header, 1, number, fp);
355 is_png = !png_sig_cmp(header, 0, number);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600356
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500357 if (!is_png)
358 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600359 return (NOT_PNG);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500360 }
361
362
363Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized. In
364order to ensure that the size of these structures is correct even with a
365dynamically linked libpng, there are functions to initialize and
366allocate the structures. We also pass the library version, optional
367pointers to error handling functions, and a pointer to a data struct for
368use by the error functions, if necessary (the pointer and functions can
369be NULL if the default error handlers are to be used). See the section
370on Changes to Libpng below regarding the old initialization functions.
371The structure allocation functions quietly return NULL if they fail to
372create the structure, so your application should check for that.
373
374 png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600375 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500376 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600377
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500378 if (!png_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600379 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500380
381 png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600382
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500383 if (!info_ptr)
384 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600385 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500386 (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600387 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500388 }
389
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500390If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600391use a libpng that was built with PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED defined, and use
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500392png_create_read_struct_2() instead of png_create_read_struct():
393
394 png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct_2
Glenn Randers-Pehrson20786be2011-04-20 22:20:40 -0500395 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500396 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
397 user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);
398
399The error handling routines passed to png_create_read_struct()
400and the memory alloc/free routines passed to png_create_struct_2()
401are only necessary if you are not using the libpng supplied error
402handling and memory alloc/free functions.
403
404When libpng encounters an error, it expects to longjmp back
405to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call setjmp and pass
406your png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you read the file from different
John Bowlere6dc85b2011-04-27 14:47:15 -0500407routines, you will need to update the longjmp buffer every time you enter
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500408a new routine that will call a png_*() function.
409
410See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp for your compiler for more
411information on setjmp/longjmp. See the discussion on libpng error
412handling in the Customizing Libpng section below for more information
413on the libpng error handling. If an error occurs, and libpng longjmp's
414back to your setjmp, you will want to call png_destroy_read_struct() to
415free any memory.
416
417 if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
418 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600419 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500420 &end_info);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600421 fclose(fp);
422 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500423 }
424
Glenn Randers-Pehrson20786be2011-04-20 22:20:40 -0500425Pass (png_infopp)NULL instead of &end_info if you didn't create
426an end_info structure.
427
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500428If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson54ac9a92010-04-02 17:06:22 -0500429you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500430errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().
431
Glenn Randers-Pehrson54ac9a92010-04-02 17:06:22 -0500432You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
433more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
434return.
435
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500436Now you need to set up the input code. The default for libpng is to
437use the C function fread(). If you use this, you will need to pass a
438valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is
439opened in binary mode. If you wish to handle reading data in another
440way, you need not call the png_init_io() function, but you must then
441implement the libpng I/O methods discussed in the Customizing Libpng
442section below.
443
444 png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);
445
446If you had previously opened the file and read any of the signature from
447the beginning in order to see if this was a PNG file, you need to let
448libpng know that there are some bytes missing from the start of the file.
449
450 png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, number);
451
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -0600452You can change the zlib compression buffer size to be used while
453reading compressed data with
454
455 png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, buffer_size);
456
457where the default size is 8192 bytes. Note that the buffer size
458is changed immediately and the buffer is reallocated immediately,
459instead of setting a flag to be acted upon later.
460
Glenn Randers-Pehrson9dd1cdf2011-01-06 21:42:36 -0600461If you want CRC errors to be handled in a different manner than
462the default, use
463
464 png_set_crc_action(png_ptr, crit_action, ancil_action);
465
466The values for png_set_crc_action() say how libpng is to handle CRC errors in
467ancillary and critical chunks, and whether to use the data contained
468therein. Note that it is impossible to "discard" data in a critical
469chunk.
470
471Choices for (int) crit_action are
472 PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 error/quit
473 PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 error/quit
474 PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 warn/use data
475 PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 quiet/use data
476 PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 use the current value
477
478Choices for (int) ancil_action are
479 PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 error/quit
480 PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 error/quit
481 PNG_CRC_WARN_DISCARD 2 warn/discard data
482 PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 warn/use data
483 PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 quiet/use data
484 PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 use the current value
485
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500486Setting up callback code
487
488You can set up a callback function to handle any unknown chunks in the
489input stream. You must supply the function
490
Glenn Randers-Pehrson81ce8892011-01-24 08:04:37 -0600491 read_chunk_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500492 png_unknown_chunkp chunk);
493 {
494 /* The unknown chunk structure contains your
495 chunk data, along with similar data for any other
496 unknown chunks: */
497
498 png_byte name[5];
499 png_byte *data;
500 png_size_t size;
501
502 /* Note that libpng has already taken care of
503 the CRC handling */
504
505 /* put your code here. Search for your chunk in the
506 unknown chunk structure, process it, and return one
507 of the following: */
508
509 return (-n); /* chunk had an error */
510 return (0); /* did not recognize */
511 return (n); /* success */
512 }
513
514(You can give your function another name that you like instead of
515"read_chunk_callback")
516
517To inform libpng about your function, use
518
519 png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr, user_chunk_ptr,
520 read_chunk_callback);
521
522This names not only the callback function, but also a user pointer that
523you can retrieve with
524
525 png_get_user_chunk_ptr(png_ptr);
526
527If you call the png_set_read_user_chunk_fn() function, then all unknown
John Bowlere15b5372013-03-02 17:59:43 -0600528chunks which the callback does not handle will be saved when read. You can
529cause them to be discarded by returning '1' ("handled") instead of '0'. This
530behavior will change in libpng 1.7 and the default handling set by the
531png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() function, described below, will be used when the
532callback returns 0. If you want the existing behavior you should set the global
533default to PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE now; this is compatible with all current
534versions of libpng and with 1.7. Libpng 1.6 issues a warning if you keep the
535default, or PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER, and the callback returns 0.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500536
537At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
538called after each row has been read, which you can use to control
539a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
540You must supply a function
541
Glenn Randers-Pehrson81ce8892011-01-24 08:04:37 -0600542 void read_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
543 png_uint_32 row, int pass);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500544 {
545 /* put your code here */
546 }
547
548(You can give it another name that you like instead of "read_row_callback")
549
550To inform libpng about your function, use
551
552 png_set_read_status_fn(png_ptr, read_row_callback);
553
John Bowler59010e52011-02-16 06:16:31 -0600554When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
555the 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be handled. For the
556non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
557passed in row number, and pass will always be 0. For the interlaced case the
558same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
559the last one from one of the preceding passes. Because interlacing may skip a
560pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass-1', if you really
561need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
562the last recorded value each time.
563
564As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
565PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.
566
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500567Unknown-chunk handling
568
569Now you get to set the way the library processes unknown chunks in the
570input PNG stream. Both known and unknown chunks will be read. Normal
571behavior is that known chunks will be parsed into information in
572various info_ptr members while unknown chunks will be discarded. This
573behavior can be wasteful if your application will never use some known
574chunk types. To change this, you can call:
575
576 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, keep,
577 chunk_list, num_chunks);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -0600578
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500579 keep - 0: default unknown chunk handling
580 1: ignore; do not keep
581 2: keep only if safe-to-copy
582 3: keep even if unsafe-to-copy
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600583
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500584 You can use these definitions:
585 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT 0
586 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER 1
587 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE 2
588 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS 3
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600589
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500590 chunk_list - list of chunks affected (a byte string,
591 five bytes per chunk, NULL or '\0' if
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -0600592 num_chunks is positive; ignored if
593 numchunks <= 0).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600594
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500595 num_chunks - number of chunks affected; if 0, all
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -0600596 unknown chunks are affected. If positive,
597 only the chunks in the list are affected,
598 and if negative all unknown chunks and
599 all known chunks except for the IHDR,
600 PLTE, tRNS, IDAT, and IEND chunks are
601 affected.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500602
603Unknown chunks declared in this way will be saved as raw data onto a
604list of png_unknown_chunk structures. If a chunk that is normally
605known to libpng is named in the list, it will be handled as unknown,
606according to the "keep" directive. If a chunk is named in successive
607instances of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), the final instance will
608take precedence. The IHDR and IEND chunks should not be named in
609chunk_list; if they are, libpng will process them normally anyway.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500610If you know that your application will never make use of some particular
611chunks, use PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER (or 1) as demonstrated below.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500612
613Here is an example of the usage of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(),
614where the private "vpAg" chunk will later be processed by a user chunk
615callback function:
616
617 png_byte vpAg[5]={118, 112, 65, 103, (png_byte) '\0'};
618
619 #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
620 png_byte unused_chunks[]=
621 {
622 104, 73, 83, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* hIST */
623 105, 84, 88, 116, (png_byte) '\0', /* iTXt */
624 112, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* pCAL */
625 115, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* sCAL */
626 115, 80, 76, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* sPLT */
627 116, 73, 77, 69, (png_byte) '\0', /* tIME */
628 };
629 #endif
630
631 ...
632
633 #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
John Bowlere15b5372013-03-02 17:59:43 -0600634 /* ignore all unknown chunks
635 * (use global setting "2" for libpng16 and earlier):
636 */
637 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, NULL, 0);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600638
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500639 /* except for vpAg: */
640 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, vpAg, 1);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600641
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500642 /* also ignore unused known chunks: */
643 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, unused_chunks,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -0600644 (int)(sizeof unused_chunks)/5);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500645 #endif
646
647User limits
648
649The PNG specification allows the width and height of an image to be as
650large as 2^31-1 (0x7fffffff), or about 2.147 billion rows and columns.
651Since very few applications really need to process such large images,
652we have imposed an arbitrary 1-million limit on rows and columns.
653Larger images will be rejected immediately with a png_error() call. If
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0cb906d2011-06-11 14:22:22 -0500654you wish to change this limit, you can use
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500655
656 png_set_user_limits(png_ptr, width_max, height_max);
657
658to set your own limits, or use width_max = height_max = 0x7fffffffL
659to allow all valid dimensions (libpng may reject some very large images
660anyway because of potential buffer overflow conditions).
661
662You should put this statement after you create the PNG structure and
663before calling png_read_info(), png_read_png(), or png_process_data().
Glenn Randers-Pehrsoncc277082011-06-10 21:17:34 -0500664
665When writing a PNG datastream, put this statement before calling
666png_write_info() or png_write_png().
667
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500668If you need to retrieve the limits that are being applied, use
669
670 width_max = png_get_user_width_max(png_ptr);
671 height_max = png_get_user_height_max(png_ptr);
672
673The PNG specification sets no limit on the number of ancillary chunks
674allowed in a PNG datastream. You can impose a limit on the total number
675of sPLT, tEXt, iTXt, zTXt, and unknown chunks that will be stored, with
676
677 png_set_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_cache_max);
678
679where 0x7fffffffL means unlimited. You can retrieve this limit with
680
681 chunk_cache_max = png_get_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr);
682
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -0600683You can also set a limit on the amount of memory that a compressed chunk
684other than IDAT can occupy, with
685
686 png_set_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_malloc_max);
687
688and you can retrieve the limit with
689
690 chunk_malloc_max = png_get_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr);
691
692Any chunks that would cause either of these limits to be exceeded will
693be ignored.
694
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500695Information about your system
696
697If you intend to display the PNG or to incorporate it in other image data you
698need to tell libpng information about your display or drawing surface so that
699libpng can convert the values in the image to match the display.
700
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500701From libpng-1.5.4 this information can be set before reading the PNG file
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500702header. In earlier versions png_set_gamma() existed but behaved incorrectly if
703called before the PNG file header had been read and png_set_alpha_mode() did not
704exist.
705
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500706If you need to support versions prior to libpng-1.5.4 test the version number
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500707as illustrated below using "PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504" and follow the procedures
708described in the appropriate manual page.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500709
710You give libpng the encoding expected by your system expressed as a 'gamma'
711value. You can also specify a default encoding for the PNG file in
712case the required information is missing from the file. By default libpng
713assumes that the PNG data matches your system, to keep this default call:
714
715 png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1/screen_gamma/*file gamma*/);
716
717or you can use the fixed point equivalent:
718
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -0600719 png_set_gamma_fixed(png_ptr, PNG_FP_1*screen_gamma,
720 PNG_FP_1/screen_gamma);
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500721
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500722If you don't know the gamma for your system it is probably 2.2 - a good
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500723approximation to the IEC standard for display systems (sRGB). If images are
724too contrasty or washed out you got the value wrong - check your system
725documentation!
726
727Many systems permit the system gamma to be changed via a lookup table in the
728display driver, a few systems, including older Macs, change the response by
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500729default. As of 1.5.4 three special values are available to handle common
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500730situations:
731
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -0600732 PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB: Indicates that the system conforms to the
733 IEC 61966-2-1 standard. This matches almost
734 all systems.
735 PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18: Indicates that the system is an older
736 (pre Mac OS 10.6) Apple Macintosh system with
737 the default settings.
738 PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR: Just the fixed point value for 1.0 - indicates
739 that the system expects data with no gamma
740 encoding.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500741
742You would use the linear (unencoded) value if you need to process the pixel
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4dcbf242013-08-06 17:20:06 -0500743values further because this avoids the need to decode and re-encode each
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500744component value whenever arithmetic is performed. A lot of graphics software
745uses linear values for this reason, often with higher precision component values
746to preserve overall accuracy.
747
748The second thing you may need to tell libpng about is how your system handles
749alpha channel information. Some, but not all, PNG files contain an alpha
750channel. To display these files correctly you need to compose the data onto a
751suitable background, as described in the PNG specification.
752
753Libpng only supports composing onto a single color (using png_set_background;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500754see below). Otherwise you must do the composition yourself and, in this case,
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500755you may need to call png_set_alpha_mode:
756
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -0600757 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
758 png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, mode, screen_gamma);
759 #else
760 png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1.0/screen_gamma);
761 #endif
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500762
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500763The screen_gamma value is the same as the argument to png_set_gamma; however,
764how it affects the output depends on the mode. png_set_alpha_mode() sets the
765file gamma default to 1/screen_gamma, so normally you don't need to call
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500766png_set_gamma. If you need different defaults call png_set_gamma() before
767png_set_alpha_mode() - if you call it after it will override the settings made
768by png_set_alpha_mode().
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500769
770The mode is as follows:
771
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500772 PNG_ALPHA_PNG: The data is encoded according to the PNG specification. Red,
773green and blue, or gray, components are gamma encoded color
774values and are not premultiplied by the alpha value. The
775alpha value is a linear measure of the contribution of the
776pixel to the corresponding final output pixel.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500777
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500778You should normally use this format if you intend to perform
779color correction on the color values; most, maybe all, color
780correction software has no handling for the alpha channel and,
781anyway, the math to handle pre-multiplied component values is
782unnecessarily complex.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500783
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500784Before you do any arithmetic on the component values you need
785to remove the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha
786channel. See the PNG specification for more detail. It is
787important to note that when an image with an alpha channel is
788scaled, linear encoded, pre-multiplied component values must
789be used!
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500790
791The remaining modes assume you don't need to do any further color correction or
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500792that if you do, your color correction software knows all about alpha (it
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500793probably doesn't!)
794
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500795 PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD: The data libpng produces
796is encoded in the standard way
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500797assumed by most correctly written graphics software.
798The gamma encoding will be removed by libpng and the
799linear component values will be pre-multiplied by the
800alpha channel.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500801
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500802With this format the final image must be re-encoded to
803match the display gamma before the image is displayed.
804If your system doesn't do that, yet still seems to
805perform arithmetic on the pixels without decoding them,
806it is broken - check out the modes below.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500807
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500808With PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD libpng always produces linear
809component values, whatever screen_gamma you supply. The
810screen_gamma value is, however, used as a default for
811the file gamma if the PNG file has no gamma information.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500812
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500813If you call png_set_gamma() after png_set_alpha_mode() you
814will override the linear encoding. Instead the
815pre-multiplied pixel values will be gamma encoded but
816the alpha channel will still be linear. This may
817actually match the requirements of some broken software,
818but it is unlikely.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500819
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500820While linear 8-bit data is often used it has
821insufficient precision for any image with a reasonable
822dynamic range. To avoid problems, and if your software
823supports it, use png_set_expand_16() to force all
824components to 16 bits.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500825
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500826 PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED: This mode is the same
827as PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD except that
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500828completely opaque pixels are gamma encoded according to
829the screen_gamma value. Pixels with alpha less than 1.0
830will still have linear components.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500831
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500832Use this format if you have control over your
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -0600833compositing software and so don't do other arithmetic
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500834(such as scaling) on the data you get from libpng. Your
835compositing software can simply copy opaque pixels to
836the output but still has linear values for the
837non-opaque pixels.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500838
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500839In normal compositing, where the alpha channel encodes
840partial pixel coverage (as opposed to broad area
841translucency), the inaccuracies of the 8-bit
842representation of non-opaque pixels are irrelevant.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500843
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500844You can also try this format if your software is broken;
845it might look better.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500846
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500847 PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN: This is PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD;
848however, all component values,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500849including the alpha channel are gamma encoded. This is
850an appropriate format to try if your software, or more
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500851likely hardware, is totally broken, i.e., if it performs
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500852linear arithmetic directly on gamma encoded values.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500853
854In most cases of broken software or hardware the bug in the final display
855manifests as a subtle halo around composited parts of the image. You may not
856even perceive this as a halo; the composited part of the image may simply appear
857separate from the background, as though it had been cut out of paper and pasted
858on afterward.
859
860If you don't have to deal with bugs in software or hardware, or if you can fix
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500861them, there are three recommended ways of using png_set_alpha_mode():
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500862
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500863 png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_PNG,
864 screen_gamma);
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500865
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500866You can do color correction on the result (libpng does not currently
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500867support color correction internally). When you handle the alpha channel
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500868you need to undo the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha.
869
870 png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD,
871 screen_gamma);
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500872 png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500873
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500874If you are using the high level interface, don't call png_set_expand_16();
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500875instead pass PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 to the interface.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500876
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500877With this mode you can't do color correction, but you can do arithmetic,
878including composition and scaling, on the data without further processing.
879
880 png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED,
881 screen_gamma);
882
883You can avoid the expansion to 16-bit components with this mode, but you
884lose the ability to scale the image or perform other linear arithmetic.
885All you can do is compose the result onto a matching output. Since this
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500886mode is libpng-specific you also need to write your own composition
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500887software.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500888
889If you don't need, or can't handle, the alpha channel you can call
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500890png_set_background() to remove it by compositing against a fixed color. Don't
891call png_set_strip_alpha() to do this - it will leave spurious pixel values in
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500892transparent parts of this image.
893
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500894 png_set_background(png_ptr, &background_color,
895 PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0, 1);
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500896
897The background_color is an RGB or grayscale value according to the data format
898libpng will produce for you. Because you don't yet know the format of the PNG
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500899file, if you call png_set_background at this point you must arrange for the
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500900format produced by libpng to always have 8-bit or 16-bit components and then
901store the color as an 8-bit or 16-bit color as appropriate. The color contains
902separate gray and RGB component values, so you can let libpng produce gray or
903RGB output according to the input format, but low bit depth grayscale images
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonab389792011-07-09 19:35:22 -0500904must always be converted to at least 8-bit format. (Even though low bit depth
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500905grayscale images can't have an alpha channel they can have a transparent
906color!)
907
908You set the transforms you need later, either as flags to the high level
909interface or libpng API calls for the low level interface. For reference the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500910settings and API calls required are:
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500911
9128-bit values:
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -0500913 PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 | PNG_EXPAND
914 png_set_expand(png_ptr); png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500915
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500916 If you must get exactly the same inaccurate results
917 produced by default in versions prior to libpng-1.5.4,
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -0500918 use PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 and png_set_strip_16(png_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500919 instead.
920
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -050092116-bit values:
922 PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16
923 png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);
924
925In either case palette image data will be expanded to RGB. If you just want
926color data you can add PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB or png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr)
927to the list.
928
929Calling png_set_background before the PNG file header is read will not work
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500930prior to libpng-1.5.4. Because the failure may result in unexpected warnings or
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500931errors it is therefore much safer to call png_set_background after the head has
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500932been read. Unfortunately this means that prior to libpng-1.5.4 it cannot be
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500933used with the high level interface.
934
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500935The high-level read interface
936
937At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
938read interface, or through a sequence of low-level read operations.
939You can use the high-level interface if (a) you are willing to read
940the entire image into memory, and (b) the input transformations
941you want to do are limited to the following set:
942
943 PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -0500944 PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 Strip 16-bit samples to
945 8-bit accurately
946 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 Chop 16-bit samples to
947 8-bit less accurately
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500948 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA Discard the alpha channel
949 PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Expand 1, 2 and 4-bit
950 samples to bytes
951 PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed
952 pixels to LSB first
953 PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND Perform set_expand()
954 PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images
955 PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the
956 sBIT depth
957 PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
958 to BGRA
959 PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
960 to AG
961 PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity
962 to transparency
963 PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples
Glenn Randers-Pehrson99708d52009-06-29 17:30:00 -0500964 PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB Expand grayscale samples
965 to RGB (or GA to RGBA)
John Bowlera9b34192011-05-08 19:46:51 -0500966 PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 Expand samples to 16 bits
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500967
968(This excludes setting a background color, doing gamma transformation,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -0500969quantizing, and setting filler.) If this is the case, simply do this:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500970
971 png_read_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)
972
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600973where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some
974set of transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_read_info(),
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500975followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
976then png_read_image(), and finally png_read_end().
977
978(The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point
979to transformation parameters required by some future input transform.)
980
981You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
982when you use png_read_png().
983
984After you have called png_read_png(), you can retrieve the image data
985with
986
987 row_pointers = png_get_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr);
988
989where row_pointers is an array of pointers to the pixel data for each row:
990
991 png_bytep row_pointers[height];
992
993If you know your image size and pixel size ahead of time, you can allocate
994row_pointers prior to calling png_read_png() with
995
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -0600996 if (height > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/(sizeof (png_byte)))
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500997 png_error (png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600998 "Image is too tall to process in memory");
999
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001000 if (width > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/pixel_size)
1001 png_error (png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001002 "Image is too wide to process in memory");
1003
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001004 row_pointers = png_malloc(png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06001005 height*(sizeof (png_bytep)));
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001006
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001007 for (int i=0; i<height, i++)
1008 row_pointers[i]=NULL; /* security precaution */
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001009
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001010 for (int i=0; i<height, i++)
1011 row_pointers[i]=png_malloc(png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001012 width*pixel_size);
1013
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001014 png_set_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr, &row_pointers);
1015
1016Alternatively you could allocate your image in one big block and define
1017row_pointers[i] to point into the proper places in your block.
1018
1019If you use png_set_rows(), the application is responsible for freeing
1020row_pointers (and row_pointers[i], if they were separately allocated).
1021
1022If you don't allocate row_pointers ahead of time, png_read_png() will
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001023do it, and it'll be free'ed by libpng when you call png_destroy_*().
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001024
1025The low-level read interface
1026
1027If you are going the low-level route, you are now ready to read all
1028the file information up to the actual image data. You do this with a
1029call to png_read_info().
1030
1031 png_read_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1032
1033This will process all chunks up to but not including the image data.
1034
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001035This also copies some of the data from the PNG file into the decode structure
1036for use in later transformations. Important information copied in is:
1037
10381) The PNG file gamma from the gAMA chunk. This overwrites the default value
1039provided by an earlier call to png_set_gamma or png_set_alpha_mode.
1040
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -050010412) Prior to libpng-1.5.4 the background color from a bKGd chunk. This
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001042damages the information provided by an earlier call to png_set_background
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonab389792011-07-09 19:35:22 -05001043resulting in unexpected behavior. Libpng-1.5.4 no longer does this.
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001044
10453) The number of significant bits in each component value. Libpng uses this to
1046optimize gamma handling by reducing the internal lookup table sizes.
1047
10484) The transparent color information from a tRNS chunk. This can be modified by
1049a later call to png_set_tRNS.
1050
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001051Querying the info structure
1052
1053Functions are used to get the information from the info_ptr once it
1054has been read. Note that these fields may not be completely filled
1055in until png_read_end() has read the chunk data following the image.
1056
1057 png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height,
1058 &bit_depth, &color_type, &interlace_type,
1059 &compression_type, &filter_method);
1060
1061 width - holds the width of the image
1062 in pixels (up to 2^31).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001063
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001064 height - holds the height of the image
1065 in pixels (up to 2^31).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001066
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001067 bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the
1068 image channels. (valid values are
1069 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and depend also on
1070 the color_type. See also
1071 significant bits (sBIT) below).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001072
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001073 color_type - describes which color/alpha channels
1074 are present.
1075 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
1076 (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
1077 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
1078 (bit depths 8, 16)
1079 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
1080 (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
1081 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
1082 (bit_depths 8, 16)
1083 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
1084 (bit_depths 8, 16)
1085
1086 PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
1087 PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
1088 PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA
1089
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2cb633b2011-01-21 08:31:29 -06001090 interlace_type - (PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
1091 PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)
1092
1093 compression_type - (must be PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE
1094 for PNG 1.0)
1095
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001096 filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE
1097 for PNG 1.0, and can also be
1098 PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if
1099 the PNG datastream is embedded in
1100 a MNG-1.0 datastream)
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001101
1102 Any or all of interlace_type, compression_type, or
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001103 filter_method can be NULL if you are
1104 not interested in their values.
1105
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001106 Note that png_get_IHDR() returns 32-bit data into
1107 the application's width and height variables.
1108 This is an unsafe situation if these are 16-bit
1109 variables. In such situations, the
1110 png_get_image_width() and png_get_image_height()
1111 functions described below are safer.
1112
1113 width = png_get_image_width(png_ptr,
1114 info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001115
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001116 height = png_get_image_height(png_ptr,
1117 info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001118
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001119 bit_depth = png_get_bit_depth(png_ptr,
1120 info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001121
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001122 color_type = png_get_color_type(png_ptr,
1123 info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001124
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2cb633b2011-01-21 08:31:29 -06001125 interlace_type = png_get_interlace_type(png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001126 info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001127
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001128 compression_type = png_get_compression_type(png_ptr,
1129 info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001130
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2cb633b2011-01-21 08:31:29 -06001131 filter_method = png_get_filter_type(png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb35a7452009-09-30 23:12:13 -05001132 info_ptr);
1133
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001134 channels = png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001135
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001136 channels - number of channels of info for the
1137 color type (valid values are 1 (GRAY,
1138 PALETTE), 2 (GRAY_ALPHA), 3 (RGB),
1139 4 (RGB_ALPHA or RGB + filler byte))
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001140
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001141 rowbytes = png_get_rowbytes(png_ptr, info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001142
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001143 rowbytes - number of bytes needed to hold a row
1144
1145 signature = png_get_signature(png_ptr, info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001146
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001147 signature - holds the signature read from the
1148 file (if any). The data is kept in
1149 the same offset it would be if the
1150 whole signature were read (i.e. if an
1151 application had already read in 4
1152 bytes of signature before starting
1153 libpng, the remaining 4 bytes would
1154 be in signature[4] through signature[7]
1155 (see png_set_sig_bytes())).
1156
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001157These are also important, but their validity depends on whether the chunk
1158has been read. The png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_<chunk>) and
1159png_get_<chunk>(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...) functions return non-zero if the
1160data has been read, or zero if it is missing. The parameters to the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06001161png_get_<chunk> are set directly if they are simple data types, or a
1162pointer into the info_ptr is returned for any complex types.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001163
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06001164The colorspace data from gAMA, cHRM, sRGB, iCCP, and sBIT chunks
1165is simply returned to give the application information about how the
1166image was encoded. Libpng itself only does transformations using the file
1167gamma when combining semitransparent pixels with the background color, and,
1168since libpng-1.6.0, when converting between 8-bit sRGB and 16-bit linear pixels
1169within the simplified API. Libpng also uses the file gamma when converting
1170RGB to gray, beginning with libpng-1.0.5, if the application calls
1171png_set_rgb_to_gray()).
1172
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001173 png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette,
1174 &num_palette);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001175
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001176 palette - the palette for the file
1177 (array of png_color)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001178
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001179 num_palette - number of entries in the palette
1180
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8d0bc0f2011-01-25 22:15:58 -06001181 png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson27742382011-01-27 09:37:34 -06001182 png_get_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_file_gamma);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001183
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8d0bc0f2011-01-25 22:15:58 -06001184 file_gamma - the gamma at which the file is
1185 written (PNG_INFO_gAMA)
1186
1187 int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which the
1188 file is written
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001189
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001190 png_get_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, &white_x, &white_y, &red_x,
1191 &red_y, &green_x, &green_y, &blue_x, &blue_y)
1192 png_get_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, &red_X, &red_Y, &red_Z,
1193 &green_X, &green_Y, &green_Z, &blue_X, &blue_Y,
1194 &blue_Z)
1195 png_get_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_white_x,
1196 &int_white_y, &int_red_x, &int_red_y,
1197 &int_green_x, &int_green_y, &int_blue_x,
1198 &int_blue_y)
John Bowlerbbd17bd2011-08-25 17:48:18 -05001199 png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_red_X, &int_red_Y,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001200 &int_red_Z, &int_green_X, &int_green_Y,
1201 &int_green_Z, &int_blue_X, &int_blue_Y,
1202 &int_blue_Z)
John Bowlerbbd17bd2011-08-25 17:48:18 -05001203
1204 {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001205 A color space encoding specified using the
1206 chromaticities of the end points and the
1207 white point. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
John Bowlerbbd17bd2011-08-25 17:48:18 -05001208
1209 {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001210 A color space encoding specified using the
1211 encoding end points - the CIE tristimulus
1212 specification of the intended color of the red,
1213 green and blue channels in the PNG RGB data.
1214 The white point is simply the sum of the three
1215 end points. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
John Bowlerbbd17bd2011-08-25 17:48:18 -05001216
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001217 png_get_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, &srgb_intent);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001218
Glenn Randers-Pehrson27742382011-01-27 09:37:34 -06001219 file_srgb_intent - the rendering intent (PNG_INFO_sRGB)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001220 The presence of the sRGB chunk
1221 means that the pixel data is in the
1222 sRGB color space. This chunk also
1223 implies specific values of gAMA and
1224 cHRM.
1225
1226 png_get_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, &name,
1227 &compression_type, &profile, &proflen);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001228
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06001229 name - The profile name.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001230
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06001231 compression_type - The compression type; always
1232 PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
1233 You may give NULL to this argument to
1234 ignore it.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001235
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06001236 profile - International Color Consortium color
1237 profile data. May contain NULs.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001238
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06001239 proflen - length of profile data in bytes.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001240
1241 png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001242
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001243 sig_bit - the number of significant bits for
1244 (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray,
1245 red, green, and blue channels,
1246 whichever are appropriate for the
1247 given color type (png_color_16)
1248
Glenn Randers-Pehrson866b62a2009-08-08 16:33:14 -05001249 png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans_alpha,
1250 &num_trans, &trans_color);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001251
Glenn Randers-Pehrson866b62a2009-08-08 16:33:14 -05001252 trans_alpha - array of alpha (transparency)
1253 entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001254
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf3c51e42011-01-15 10:25:25 -06001255 num_trans - number of transparent entries
1256 (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001257
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001258 trans_color - graylevel or color sample values of
1259 the single transparent color for
1260 non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001261
1262 png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, &hist);
1263 (PNG_INFO_hIST)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001264
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001265 hist - histogram of palette (array of
1266 png_uint_16)
1267
1268 png_get_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &mod_time);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001269
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001270 mod_time - time image was last modified
1271 (PNG_VALID_tIME)
1272
1273 png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001274
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonab389792011-07-09 19:35:22 -05001275 background - background color (of type
1276 png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001277 valid 16-bit red, green and blue
1278 values, regardless of color_type
1279
1280 num_comments = png_get_text(png_ptr, info_ptr,
1281 &text_ptr, &num_text);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001282
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001283 num_comments - number of comments
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001284
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001285 text_ptr - array of png_text holding image
1286 comments
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001287
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001288 text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
1289 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
1290 PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
1291 PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
1292 PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001293
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001294 text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain
1295 1-79 characters.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001296
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001297 text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current
1298 keyword. Can be empty.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001299
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001300 text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
1301 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001302
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001303 text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
1304 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001305
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001306 text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (empty
1307 string for unknown).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001308
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001309 text_ptr[i].lang_key - keyword in UTF-8
1310 (empty string for unknown).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001311
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonef29a5e2009-10-31 19:37:05 -05001312 Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
Glenn Randers-Pehrson680da022011-11-21 17:05:41 -06001313 members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
1314 library is built with iTXt chunk support. Prior to
1315 libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
1316 iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
1317 they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
1318 field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
1319 PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonef29a5e2009-10-31 19:37:05 -05001320
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001321 num_text - number of comments (same as
1322 num_comments; you can put NULL here
1323 to avoid the duplication)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001324
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001325 Note while png_set_text() will accept text, language,
1326 and translated keywords that can be NULL pointers, the
1327 structure returned by png_get_text will always contain
1328 regular zero-terminated C strings. They might be
1329 empty strings but they will never be NULL pointers.
1330
1331 num_spalettes = png_get_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr,
1332 &palette_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001333
1334 num_spalettes - number of sPLT chunks read.
1335
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001336 palette_ptr - array of palette structures holding
1337 contents of one or more sPLT chunks
1338 read.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001339
1340 png_get_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &offset_x, &offset_y,
1341 &unit_type);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001342
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001343 offset_x - positive offset from the left edge
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001344 of the screen (can be negative)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001345
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001346 offset_y - positive offset from the top edge
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001347 of the screen (can be negative)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001348
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001349 unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER
1350
1351 png_get_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &res_x, &res_y,
1352 &unit_type);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001353
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001354 res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution in
1355 x direction
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001356
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001357 res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution in
1358 x direction
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001359
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001360 unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
1361 PNG_RESOLUTION_METER
1362
1363 png_get_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
1364 &height)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001365
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001366 unit - physical scale units (an integer)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001367
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001368 width - width of a pixel in physical scale units
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001369
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001370 height - height of a pixel in physical scale units
1371 (width and height are doubles)
1372
1373 png_get_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
1374 &height)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001375
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001376 unit - physical scale units (an integer)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001377
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001378 width - width of a pixel in physical scale units
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001379 (expressed as a string)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001380
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001381 height - height of a pixel in physical scale units
1382 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
1383
1384 num_unknown_chunks = png_get_unknown_chunks(png_ptr,
1385 info_ptr, &unknowns)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001386
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001387 unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk
1388 structures holding unknown chunks
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001389
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001390 unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001391
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001392 unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001393
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001394 unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001395
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001396 unknowns[i].location - position of chunk in file
1397
1398 The value of "i" corresponds to the order in which the
1399 chunks were read from the PNG file or inserted with the
1400 png_set_unknown_chunks() function.
1401
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001402 The value of "location" is a bitwise "or" of
1403
1404 PNG_HAVE_IHDR (0x01)
1405 PNG_HAVE_PLTE (0x02)
1406 PNG_AFTER_IDAT (0x08)
1407
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001408The data from the pHYs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
1409forms:
1410
1411 res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
1412 info_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001413
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001414 res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
1415 info_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001416
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001417 res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
1418 info_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001419
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001420 res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
1421 info_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001422
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001423 res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
1424 info_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001425
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001426 res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
1427 info_ptr)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001428
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001429 aspect_ratio = png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio(png_ptr,
1430 info_ptr)
1431
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001432 Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown"] if
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001433 the data is not present or if res_x is 0;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001434 res_x_and_y is 0 if res_x != res_y
1435
1436 Note that because of the way the resolutions are
1437 stored internally, the inch conversions won't
1438 come out to exactly even number. For example,
1439 72 dpi is stored as 0.28346 pixels/meter, and
1440 when this is retrieved it is 71.9988 dpi, so
1441 be sure to round the returned value appropriately
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc36bb792011-02-12 09:49:07 -06001442 if you want to display a reasonable-looking result.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001443
1444The data from the oFFs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
1445forms:
1446
1447 x_offset = png_get_x_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001448
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001449 y_offset = png_get_y_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001450
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001451 x_offset = png_get_x_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001452
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001453 y_offset = png_get_y_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1454
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001455 Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown" if both
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001456 x and y are 0] if the data is not present or if the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001457 chunk is present but the unit is the pixel. The
1458 remark about inexact inch conversions applies here
1459 as well, because a value in inches can't always be
1460 converted to microns and back without some loss
1461 of precision.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001462
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001463For more information, see the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001464PNG specification for chunk contents. Be careful with trusting
1465rowbytes, as some of the transformations could increase the space
1466needed to hold a row (expand, filler, gray_to_rgb, etc.).
1467See png_read_update_info(), below.
1468
1469A quick word about text_ptr and num_text. PNG stores comments in
1470keyword/text pairs, one pair per chunk, with no limit on the number
1471of text chunks, and a 2^31 byte limit on their size. While there are
1472suggested keywords, there is no requirement to restrict the use to these
1473strings. It is strongly suggested that keywords and text be sensible
1474to humans (that's the point), so don't use abbreviations. Non-printing
1475symbols are not allowed. See the PNG specification for more details.
1476There is also no requirement to have text after the keyword.
1477
1478Keywords should be limited to 79 Latin-1 characters without leading or
1479trailing spaces, but non-consecutive spaces are allowed within the
1480keyword. It is possible to have the same keyword any number of times.
1481The text_ptr is an array of png_text structures, each holding a
1482pointer to a language string, a pointer to a keyword and a pointer to
1483a text string. The text string, language code, and translated
1484keyword may be empty or NULL pointers. The keyword/text
1485pairs are put into the array in the order that they are received.
1486However, some or all of the text chunks may be after the image, so, to
1487make sure you have read all the text chunks, don't mess with these
1488until after you read the stuff after the image. This will be
1489mentioned again below in the discussion that goes with png_read_end().
1490
1491Input transformations
1492
1493After you've read the header information, you can set up the library
1494to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various
1495ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
1496should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color
1497type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001498certain color types and bit depths.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001499
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001500Transformations you request are ignored if they don't have any meaning for a
1501particular input data format. However some transformations can have an effect
1502as a result of a previous transformation. If you specify a contradictory set of
1503transformations, for example both adding and removing the alpha channel, you
1504cannot predict the final result.
1505
1506The color used for the transparency values should be supplied in the same
1507format/depth as the current image data. It is stored in the same format/depth
1508as the image data in a tRNS chunk, so this is what libpng expects for this data.
1509
1510The color used for the background value depends on the need_expand argument as
1511described below.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001512
1513Data will be decoded into the supplied row buffers packed into bytes
1514unless the library has been told to transform it into another format.
1515For example, 4 bit/pixel paletted or grayscale data will be returned
15162 pixels/byte with the leftmost pixel in the high-order bits of the
1517byte, unless png_set_packing() is called. 8-bit RGB data will be stored
1518in RGB RGB RGB format unless png_set_filler() or png_set_add_alpha()
1519is called to insert filler bytes, either before or after each RGB triplet.
152016-bit RGB data will be returned RRGGBB RRGGBB, with the most significant
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -05001521byte of the color value first, unless png_set_scale_16() is called to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001522transform it to regular RGB RGB triplets, or png_set_filler() or
1523png_set_add alpha() is called to insert filler bytes, either before or
1524after each RRGGBB triplet. Similarly, 8-bit or 16-bit grayscale data can
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -05001525be modified with png_set_filler(), png_set_add_alpha(), png_set_strip_16(),
1526or png_set_scale_16().
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001527
1528The following code transforms grayscale images of less than 8 to 8 bits,
1529changes paletted images to RGB, and adds a full alpha channel if there is
1530transparency information in a tRNS chunk. This is most useful on
1531grayscale images with bit depths of 2 or 4 or if there is a multiple-image
1532viewing application that wishes to treat all images in the same way.
1533
1534 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
1535 png_set_palette_to_rgb(png_ptr);
1536
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001537 if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr,
1538 PNG_INFO_tRNS)) png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(png_ptr);
1539
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001540 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY &&
1541 bit_depth < 8) png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(png_ptr);
1542
1543The first two functions are actually aliases for png_set_expand(), added
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001544in libpng version 1.0.4, with the function names expanded to improve code
1545readability. In some future version they may actually do different
1546things.
1547
1548As of libpng version 1.2.9, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was
1549added. It expands the sample depth without changing tRNS to alpha.
1550
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001551As of libpng version 1.5.2, png_set_expand_16() was added. It behaves as
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001552png_set_expand(); however, the resultant channels have 16 bits rather than 8.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc36bb792011-02-12 09:49:07 -06001553Use this when the output color or gray channels are made linear to avoid fairly
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001554severe accuracy loss.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001555
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001556 if (bit_depth < 16)
1557 png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001558
1559PNG can have files with 16 bits per channel. If you only can handle
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -050015608 bits per channel, this will strip the pixels down to 8-bit.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001561
1562 if (bit_depth == 16)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001563#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -05001564 png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001565#else
1566 png_set_strip_16(png_ptr);
1567#endif
1568
1569(The more accurate "png_set_scale_16()" API became available in libpng version
15701.5.4).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001571
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001572If you need to process the alpha channel on the image separately from the image
1573data (for example if you convert it to a bitmap mask) it is possible to have
1574libpng strip the channel leaving just RGB or gray data:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001575
1576 if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001577 png_set_strip_alpha(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001578
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001579If you strip the alpha channel you need to find some other way of dealing with
1580the information. If, instead, you want to convert the image to an opaque
1581version with no alpha channel use png_set_background; see below.
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001582
1583As of libpng version 1.5.2, almost all useful expansions are supported, the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsoncd116fa2011-05-17 06:56:50 -05001584major ommissions are conversion of grayscale to indexed images (which can be
1585done trivially in the application) and conversion of indexed to grayscale (which
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001586can be done by a trivial manipulation of the palette.)
1587
1588In the following table, the 01 means grayscale with depth<8, 31 means
1589indexed with depth<8, other numerals represent the color type, "T" means
1590the tRNS chunk is present, A means an alpha channel is present, and O
1591means tRNS or alpha is present but all pixels in the image are opaque.
1592
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc36bb792011-02-12 09:49:07 -06001593 FROM 01 31 0 0T 0O 2 2T 2O 3 3T 3O 4A 4O 6A 6O
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001594 TO
1595 01 - [G] - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1596 31 [Q] Q [Q] [Q] [Q] Q Q Q Q Q Q [Q] [Q] Q Q
1597 0 1 G + . . G G G G G G B B GB GB
1598 0T lt Gt t + . Gt G G Gt G G Bt Bt GBt GBt
1599 0O lt Gt t . + Gt Gt G Gt Gt G Bt Bt GBt GBt
1600 2 C P C C C + . . C - - CB CB B B
1601 2T Ct - Ct C C t + t - - - CBt CBt Bt Bt
1602 2O Ct - Ct C C t t + - - - CBt CBt Bt Bt
1603 3 [Q] p [Q] [Q] [Q] Q Q Q + . . [Q] [Q] Q Q
1604 3T [Qt] p [Qt][Q] [Q] Qt Qt Qt t + t [Qt][Qt] Qt Qt
1605 3O [Qt] p [Qt][Q] [Q] Qt Qt Qt t t + [Qt][Qt] Qt Qt
1606 4A lA G A T T GA GT GT GA GT GT + BA G GBA
1607 4O lA GBA A T T GA GT GT GA GT GT BA + GBA G
1608 6A CA PA CA C C A T tT PA P P C CBA + BA
1609 6O CA PBA CA C C A tT T PA P P CBA C BA +
1610
1611Within the matrix,
1612 "+" identifies entries where 'from' and 'to' are the same.
1613 "-" means the transformation is not supported.
1614 "." means nothing is necessary (a tRNS chunk can just be ignored).
1615 "t" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_tRNS.
1616 "A" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_add_alpha().
1617 "X" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_expand().
1618 "1" means the transformation is obtained by
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001619 png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() (and by png_set_expand()
1620 if there is no transparency in the original or the final
1621 format).
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001622 "C" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_gray_to_rgb().
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc36074e2011-05-16 09:08:51 -05001623 "G" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_rgb_to_gray().
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001624 "P" means the transformation is obtained by
1625 png_set_expand_palette_to_rgb().
1626 "p" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_packing().
1627 "Q" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_quantize().
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001628 "T" means the transformation is obtained by
1629 png_set_tRNS_to_alpha().
1630 "B" means the transformation is obtained by
1631 png_set_background(), or png_strip_alpha().
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06001632
1633When an entry has multiple transforms listed all are required to cause the
1634right overall transformation. When two transforms are separated by a comma
1635either will do the job. When transforms are enclosed in [] the transform should
1636do the job but this is currently unimplemented - a different format will result
1637if the suggested transformations are used.
1638
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001639In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image
1640is the level of opacity. If you need the alpha channel in an image to
1641be the level of transparency instead of opacity, you can invert the
1642alpha channel (or the tRNS chunk data) after it's read, so that 0 is
1643fully opaque and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 (in 16-bit
1644images) is fully transparent, with
1645
1646 png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);
1647
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001648PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
1649they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit
1650files. This code expands to 1 pixel per byte without changing the
1651values of the pixels:
1652
1653 if (bit_depth < 8)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001654 png_set_packing(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001655
1656PNG files have possible bit depths of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. All pixels
1657stored in a PNG image have been "scaled" or "shifted" up to the next
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06001658higher possible bit depth (e.g. from 5 bits/sample in the range [0,31]
1659to 8 bits/sample in the range [0, 255]). However, it is also possible
1660to convert the PNG pixel data back to the original bit depth of the
1661image. This call reduces the pixels back down to the original bit depth:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001662
1663 png_color_8p sig_bit;
1664
1665 if (png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit))
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001666 png_set_shift(png_ptr, sig_bit);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001667
1668PNG files store 3-color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code
1669changes the storage of the pixels to blue, green, red:
1670
1671 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
1672 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001673 png_set_bgr(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001674
1675PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code expands them
1676into 4 or 8 bytes for windowing systems that need them in this format:
1677
1678 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001679 png_set_filler(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001680
1681where "filler" is the 8 or 16-bit number to fill with, and the location is
1682either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether
1683you want the filler before the RGB or after. This transformation
1684does not affect images that already have full alpha channels. To add an
1685opaque alpha channel, use filler=0xff or 0xffff and PNG_FILLER_AFTER which
1686will generate RGBA pixels.
1687
1688Note that png_set_filler() does not change the color type. If you want
1689to do that, you can add a true alpha channel with
1690
1691 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001692 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
1693 png_set_add_alpha(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_AFTER);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001694
1695where "filler" contains the alpha value to assign to each pixel.
1696This function was added in libpng-1.2.7.
1697
1698If you are reading an image with an alpha channel, and you need the
1699data as ARGB instead of the normal PNG format RGBA:
1700
1701 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001702 png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001703
1704For some uses, you may want a grayscale image to be represented as
1705RGB. This code will do that conversion:
1706
1707 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
1708 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001709 png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001710
1711Conversely, you can convert an RGB or RGBA image to grayscale or grayscale
1712with alpha.
1713
1714 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
1715 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001716 png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
1717 double red_weight, double green_weight);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001718
1719 error_action = 1: silently do the conversion
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001720
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001721 error_action = 2: issue a warning if the original
1722 image has any pixel where
1723 red != green or red != blue
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001724
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001725 error_action = 3: issue an error and abort the
1726 conversion if the original
1727 image has any pixel where
1728 red != green or red != blue
1729
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001730 red_weight: weight of red component
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001731
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001732 green_weight: weight of green component
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001733 If either weight is negative, default
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001734 weights are used.
1735
1736In the corresponding fixed point API the red_weight and green_weight values are
1737simply scaled by 100,000:
1738
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06001739 png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
1740 png_fixed_point red_weight,
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001741 png_fixed_point green_weight);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001742
1743If you have set error_action = 1 or 2, you can
1744later check whether the image really was gray, after processing
1745the image rows, with the png_get_rgb_to_gray_status(png_ptr) function.
1746It will return a png_byte that is zero if the image was gray or
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -050017471 if there were any non-gray pixels. Background and sBIT data
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001748will be silently converted to grayscale, using the green channel
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001749data for sBIT, regardless of the error_action setting.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001750
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001751The default values come from the PNG file cHRM chunk if present; otherwise, the
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001752defaults correspond to the ITU-R recommendation 709, and also the sRGB color
1753space, as recommended in the Charles Poynton's Colour FAQ,
1754<http://www.poynton.com/>, in section 9:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001755
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001756 <http://www.poynton.com/notes/colour_and_gamma/ColorFAQ.html#RTFToC9>
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001757
Glenn Randers-Pehrson6c988972011-07-29 12:31:16 -05001758 Y = 0.2126 * R + 0.7152 * G + 0.0722 * B
1759
1760Previous versions of this document, 1998 through 2002, recommended a slightly
1761different formula:
1762
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001763 Y = 0.212671 * R + 0.715160 * G + 0.072169 * B
1764
Glenn Randers-Pehrson6c988972011-07-29 12:31:16 -05001765Libpng uses an integer approximation:
1766
1767 Y = (6968 * R + 23434 * G + 2366 * B)/32768
1768
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001769The calculation is done in a linear colorspace, if the image gamma
John Bowlerf21a0d02011-01-23 23:55:19 -06001770can be determined.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001771
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001772The png_set_background() function has been described already; it tells libpng to
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001773composite images with alpha or simple transparency against the supplied
1774background color. For compatibility with versions of libpng earlier than
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05001775libpng-1.5.4 it is recommended that you call the function after reading the file
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001776header, even if you don't want to use the color in a bKGD chunk, if one exists.
1777
1778If the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk (PNG_INFO_bKGD valid),
1779you may use this color, or supply another color more suitable for
1780the current display (e.g., the background color from a web page). You
1781need to tell libpng how the color is represented, both the format of the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonab389792011-07-09 19:35:22 -05001782component values in the color (the number of bits) and the gamma encoding of the
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001783color. The function takes two arguments, background_gamma_mode and need_expand
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06001784to convey this information; however, only two combinations are likely to be
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonab389792011-07-09 19:35:22 -05001785useful:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001786
Glenn Randers-Pehrsoncb47e202011-07-10 06:55:14 -05001787 png_color_16 my_background;
1788 png_color_16p image_background;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001789
1790 if (png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &image_background))
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001791 png_set_background(png_ptr, image_background,
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001792 PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, 1/*needs to be expanded*/, 1);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001793 else
Glenn Randers-Pehrsoncb47e202011-07-10 06:55:14 -05001794 png_set_background(png_ptr, &my_background,
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001795 PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0/*do not expand*/, 1);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001796
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001797The second call was described above - my_background is in the format of the
1798final, display, output produced by libpng. Because you now know the format of
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -05001799the PNG it is possible to avoid the need to choose either 8-bit or 16-bit
1800output and to retain palette images (the palette colors will be modified
1801appropriately and the tRNS chunk removed.) However, if you are doing this,
1802take great care not to ask for transformations without checking first that
1803they apply!
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001804
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001805In the first call the background color has the original bit depth and color type
1806of the PNG file. So, for palette images the color is supplied as a palette
1807index and for low bit greyscale images the color is a reduced bit value in
1808image_background->gray.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001809
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001810If you didn't call png_set_gamma() before reading the file header, for example
1811if you need your code to remain compatible with older versions of libpng prior
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05001812to libpng-1.5.4, this is the place to call it.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001813
John Bowlercb0b2962011-05-12 21:48:29 -05001814Do not call it if you called png_set_alpha_mode(); doing so will damage the
1815settings put in place by png_set_alpha_mode(). (If png_set_alpha_mode() is
1816supported then you can certainly do png_set_gamma() before reading the PNG
1817header.)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001818
John Bowlerd273ad22011-05-07 21:00:28 -05001819This API unconditionally sets the screen and file gamma values, so it will
1820override the value in the PNG file unless it is called before the PNG file
1821reading starts. For this reason you must always call it with the PNG file
1822value when you call it in this position:
1823
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8d0bc0f2011-01-25 22:15:58 -06001824 if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma))
1825 png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, file_gamma);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001826
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001827 else
1828 png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 0.45455);
1829
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05001830If you need to reduce an RGB file to a paletted file, or if a paletted
1831file has more entries then will fit on your screen, png_set_quantize()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson862cb202010-04-16 22:12:51 -05001832will do that. Note that this is a simple match quantization that merely
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05001833finds the closest color available. This should work fairly well with
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001834optimized palettes, but fairly badly with linear color cubes. If you
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001835pass a palette that is larger than maximum_colors, the file will
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05001836reduce the number of colors in the palette so it will fit into
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001837maximum_colors. If there is a histogram, libpng will use it to make
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05001838more intelligent choices when reducing the palette. If there is no
1839histogram, it may not do as good a job.
1840
1841 if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
1842 {
1843 if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001844 PNG_INFO_PLTE))
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05001845 {
1846 png_uint_16p histogram = NULL;
1847
1848 png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001849 &histogram);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05001850 png_set_quantize(png_ptr, palette, num_palette,
1851 max_screen_colors, histogram, 1);
1852 }
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001853
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05001854 else
1855 {
1856 png_color std_color_cube[MAX_SCREEN_COLORS] =
1857 { ... colors ... };
1858
1859 png_set_quantize(png_ptr, std_color_cube,
1860 MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, MAX_SCREEN_COLORS,
1861 NULL,0);
1862 }
1863 }
1864
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001865PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being one.
1866The following code will reverse this (make black be one and white be
1867zero):
1868
1869 if (bit_depth == 1 && color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
1870 png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);
1871
1872This function can also be used to invert grayscale and gray-alpha images:
1873
1874 if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001875 color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001876 png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);
1877
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -05001878PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001879ie. most significant bits first). This code changes the storage to the
1880other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits first, the
1881way PCs store them):
1882
1883 if (bit_depth == 16)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001884 png_set_swap(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001885
1886If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
1887need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:
1888
1889 if (bit_depth < 8)
1890 png_set_packswap(png_ptr);
1891
1892Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
1893the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback
1894with
1895
1896 png_set_read_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001897 read_transform_fn);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001898
1899You must supply the function
1900
Glenn Randers-Pehrson93215672011-02-13 19:42:19 -06001901 void read_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001902 row_info, png_bytep data)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001903
1904See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06001905after all of the other transformations have been processed. Take care with
1906interlaced images if you do the interlace yourself - the width of the row is the
1907width in 'row_info', not the overall image width.
1908
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05001909If supported, libpng provides two information routines that you can use to find
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06001910where you are in processing the image:
1911
1912 png_get_current_pass_number(png_structp png_ptr);
1913 png_get_current_row_number(png_structp png_ptr);
1914
1915Don't try using these outside a transform callback - firstly they are only
1916supported if user transforms are supported, secondly they may well return
1917unexpected results unless the row is actually being processed at the moment they
1918are called.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001919
John Bowlercd113452011-02-16 06:15:13 -06001920With interlaced
1921images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image. Use
1922PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
1923find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).
1924
1925The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
1926use these values.
1927
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001928You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
1929callback function, and you can inform libpng that your transform
1930function will change the number of channels or bit depth with the
1931function
1932
1933 png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001934 user_depth, user_channels);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001935
1936The user's application, not libpng, is responsible for allocating and
1937freeing any memory required for the user structure.
1938
1939You can retrieve the pointer via the function
1940png_get_user_transform_ptr(). For example:
1941
1942 voidp read_user_transform_ptr =
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001943 png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001944
1945The last thing to handle is interlacing; this is covered in detail below,
1946but you must call the function here if you want libpng to handle expansion
1947of the interlaced image.
1948
1949 number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);
1950
1951After setting the transformations, libpng can update your png_info
1952structure to reflect any transformations you've requested with this
Glenn Randers-Pehrson968c2312011-09-26 16:35:22 -05001953call.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001954
1955 png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1956
Glenn Randers-Pehrson968c2312011-09-26 16:35:22 -05001957This is most useful to update the info structure's rowbytes
1958field so you can use it to allocate your image memory. This function
1959will also update your palette with the correct screen_gamma and
1960background if these have been given with the calls above. You may
1961only call png_read_update_info() once with a particular info_ptr.
1962
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001963After you call png_read_update_info(), you can allocate any
1964memory you need to hold the image. The row data is simply
1965raw byte data for all forms of images. As the actual allocation
1966varies among applications, no example will be given. If you
1967are allocating one large chunk, you will need to build an
1968array of pointers to each row, as it will be needed for some
1969of the functions below.
1970
Glenn Randers-Pehrson968c2312011-09-26 16:35:22 -05001971Remember: Before you call png_read_update_info(), the png_get_*()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06001972functions return the values corresponding to the original PNG image.
1973After you call png_read_update_info the values refer to the image
1974that libpng will output. Consequently you must call all the png_set_
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06001975functions before you call png_read_update_info(). This is particularly
1976important for png_set_interlace_handling() - if you are going to call
1977png_read_update_info() you must call png_set_interlace_handling() before
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06001978it unless you want to receive interlaced output.
1979
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001980Reading image data
1981
1982After you've allocated memory, you can read the image data.
1983The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you are
1984allocating enough memory to hold the whole image, you can just
1985call png_read_image() and libpng will read in all the image data
1986and put it in the memory area supplied. You will need to pass in
1987an array of pointers to each row.
1988
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06001989This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
1990need to call png_set_interlace_handling() (unless you call
1991png_read_update_info()) or call this function multiple times, or any
1992of that other stuff necessary with png_read_rows().
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05001993
1994 png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);
1995
1996where row_pointers is:
1997
1998 png_bytep row_pointers[height];
1999
2000You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.
2001
2002If you don't want to read in the whole image at once, you can
2003use png_read_rows() instead. If there is no interlacing (check
2004interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_NONE), this is simple:
2005
2006 png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002007 number_of_rows);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002008
2009where row_pointers is the same as in the png_read_image() call.
2010
2011If you are doing this just one row at a time, you can do this with
2012a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
2013
2014 png_bytep row_pointer = row;
2015 png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointer, NULL);
2016
2017If the file is interlaced (interlace_type != 0 in the IHDR chunk), things
2018get somewhat harder. The only current (PNG Specification version 1.2)
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002019interlacing type for PNG is (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7);
2020a somewhat complicated 2D interlace scheme, known as Adam7, that
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002021breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying size, based
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002022on an 8x8 grid. This number is defined (from libpng 1.5) as
2023PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES in png.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002024
2025libpng can fill out those images or it can give them to you "as is".
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002026It is almost always better to have libpng handle the interlacing for you.
2027If you want the images filled out, there are two ways to do that. The one
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002028mentioned in the PNG specification is to expand each pixel to cover
2029those pixels that have not been read yet (the "rectangle" method).
2030This results in a blocky image for the first pass, which gradually
2031smooths out as more pixels are read. The other method is the "sparkle"
2032method, where pixels are drawn only in their final locations, with the
2033rest of the image remaining whatever colors they were initialized to
2034before the start of the read. The first method usually looks better,
2035but tends to be slower, as there are more pixels to put in the rows.
2036
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002037If, as is likely, you want libpng to expand the images, call this before
2038calling png_start_read_image() or png_read_update_info():
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002039
2040 if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002041 number_of_passes
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002042 = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);
2043
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002044This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this is seven,
2045but may change if another interlace type is added. This function can be
2046called even if the file is not interlaced, where it will return one pass.
2047You then need to read the whole image 'number_of_passes' times. Each time
2048will distribute the pixels from the current pass to the correct place in
2049the output image, so you need to supply the same rows to png_read_rows in
2050each pass.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -05002051
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002052If you are not going to display the image after each pass, but are
2053going to wait until the entire image is read in, use the sparkle
2054effect. This effect is faster and the end result of either method
2055is exactly the same. If you are planning on displaying the image
2056after each pass, the "rectangle" effect is generally considered the
2057better looking one.
2058
2059If you only want the "sparkle" effect, just call png_read_rows() as
2060normal, with the third parameter NULL. Make sure you make pass over
2061the image number_of_passes times, and you don't change the data in the
2062rows between calls. You can change the locations of the data, just
2063not the data. Each pass only writes the pixels appropriate for that
2064pass, and assumes the data from previous passes is still valid.
2065
2066 png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002067 number_of_rows);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002068
2069If you only want the first effect (the rectangles), do the same as
2070before except pass the row buffer in the third parameter, and leave
2071the second parameter NULL.
2072
2073 png_read_rows(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002074 number_of_rows);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002075
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002076If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just call
2077png_read_rows() PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES times to read in all the images.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06002078Each of the images is a valid image by itself; however, you will almost
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002079certainly need to distribute the pixels from each sub-image to the
2080correct place. This is where everything gets very tricky.
2081
2082If you want to retrieve the separate images you must pass the correct
2083number of rows to each successive call of png_read_rows(). The calculation
2084gets pretty complicated for small images, where some sub-images may
2085not even exist because either their width or height ends up zero.
2086libpng provides two macros to help you in 1.5 and later versions:
2087
2088 png_uint_32 width = PNG_PASS_COLS(image_width, pass_number);
2089 png_uint_32 height = PNG_PASS_ROWS(image_height, pass_number);
2090
2091Respectively these tell you the width and height of the sub-image
2092corresponding to the numbered pass. 'pass' is in in the range 0 to 6 -
2093this can be confusing because the specification refers to the same passes
2094as 1 to 7! Be careful, you must check both the width and height before
2095calling png_read_rows() and not call it for that pass if either is zero.
2096
2097You can, of course, read each sub-image row by row. If you want to
2098produce optimal code to make a pixel-by-pixel transformation of an
2099interlaced image this is the best approach; read each row of each pass,
2100transform it, and write it out to a new interlaced image.
2101
2102If you want to de-interlace the image yourself libpng provides further
2103macros to help that tell you where to place the pixels in the output image.
2104Because the interlacing scheme is rectangular - sub-image pixels are always
2105arranged on a rectangular grid - all you need to know for each pass is the
2106starting column and row in the output image of the first pixel plus the
2107spacing between each pixel. As of libpng 1.5 there are four macros to
2108retrieve this information:
2109
2110 png_uint_32 x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);
2111 png_uint_32 y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);
2112 png_uint_32 xStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass);
2113 png_uint_32 yStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass);
2114
2115These allow you to write the obvious loop:
2116
2117 png_uint_32 input_y = 0;
2118 png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);
2119
2120 while (output_y < output_image_height)
2121 {
2122 png_uint_32 input_x = 0;
2123 png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);
2124
2125 while (output_x < output_image_width)
2126 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002127 image[output_y][output_x] =
2128 subimage[pass][input_y][input_x++];
2129
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002130 output_x += xStep;
2131 }
2132
2133 ++input_y;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002134 output_y += yStep;
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002135 }
2136
2137Notice that the steps between successive output rows and columns are
2138returned as shifts. This is possible because the pixels in the subimages
2139are always a power of 2 apart - 1, 2, 4 or 8 pixels - in the original
2140image. In practice you may need to directly calculate the output coordinate
2141given an input coordinate. libpng provides two further macros for this
2142purpose:
2143
2144 png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(input_x, pass);
2145 png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(input_y, pass);
2146
2147Finally a pair of macros are provided to tell you if a particular image
2148row or column appears in a given pass:
2149
2150 int col_in_pass = PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_x, pass);
2151 int row_in_pass = PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_y, pass);
2152
2153Bear in mind that you will probably also need to check the width and height
2154of the pass in addition to the above to be sure the pass even exists!
2155
2156With any luck you are convinced by now that you don't want to do your own
2157interlace handling. In reality normally the only good reason for doing this
2158is if you are processing PNG files on a pixel-by-pixel basis and don't want
2159to load the whole file into memory when it is interlaced.
2160
2161libpng includes a test program, pngvalid, that illustrates reading and
2162writing of interlaced images. If you can't get interlacing to work in your
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -05002163code and don't want to leave it to libpng (the recommended approach), see
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002164how pngvalid.c does it.
2165
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002166Finishing a sequential read
2167
2168After you are finished reading the image through the
2169low-level interface, you can finish reading the file. If you are
2170interested in comments or time, which may be stored either before or
2171after the image data, you should pass the separate png_info struct if
2172you want to keep the comments from before and after the image
Glenn Randers-Pehrson20786be2011-04-20 22:20:40 -05002173separate.
2174
2175 png_infop end_info = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
2176
2177 if (!end_info)
2178 {
2179 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
2180 (png_infopp)NULL);
2181 return (ERROR);
2182 }
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002183
2184 png_read_end(png_ptr, end_info);
2185
Glenn Randers-Pehrson20786be2011-04-20 22:20:40 -05002186If you are not interested, you should still call png_read_end()
2187but you can pass NULL, avoiding the need to create an end_info structure.
2188
2189 png_read_end(png_ptr, (png_infop)NULL);
2190
Glenn Randers-Pehrson99778e12011-04-20 17:43:52 -05002191If you don't call png_read_end(), then your file pointer will be
2192left pointing to the first chunk after the last IDAT, which is probably
2193not what you want if you expect to read something beyond the end of
2194the PNG datastream.
2195
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002196When you are done, you can free all memory allocated by libpng like this:
2197
2198 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
2199 &end_info);
2200
Glenn Randers-Pehrson20786be2011-04-20 22:20:40 -05002201or, if you didn't create an end_info structure,
2202
2203 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
2204 (png_infopp)NULL);
2205
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002206It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
2207point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
2208
2209 png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002210
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002211 mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask
2212 containing the bitwise OR of one or
2213 more of
2214 PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
2215 PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
2216 PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
2217 PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
2218 PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
2219 or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002220
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002221 seq - sequence number of item to be freed
2222 (-1 for all items)
2223
2224This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
2225already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06002226by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing.
2227The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
2228type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items
2229are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
2230sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002231
2232The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
2233by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
2234or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06002235or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002236
2237 png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002238
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002239 freer - one of
2240 PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
2241 PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
2242 PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
2243
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002244 mask - which data elements are affected
2245 same choices as in png_free_data()
2246
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002247This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
2248You can call this function after reading the PNG data but before calling
2249any png_set_*() functions, to control whether the user or the png_set_*()
2250function is responsible for freeing any existing data that might be present,
2251and again after the png_set_*() functions to control whether the user
2252or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data. When the user assumes
2253responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the application must use
2254png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
2255for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06002256or png_calloc() to allocate it.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002257
2258If you allocated your row_pointers in a single block, as suggested above in
2259the description of the high level read interface, you must not transfer
2260responsibility for freeing it to the png_set_rows or png_read_destroy function,
2261because they would also try to free the individual row_pointers[i].
2262
2263If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
2264separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
2265because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
2266the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly,
2267if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
2268application, your application must not separately free those members.
2269
2270The png_free_data() function will turn off the "valid" flag for anything
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06002271it frees. If you need to turn the flag off for a chunk that was freed by
2272your application instead of by libpng, you can use
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002273
2274 png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002275
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002276 mask - identifies the chunks to be made invalid,
2277 containing the bitwise OR of one or
2278 more of
2279 PNG_INFO_gAMA, PNG_INFO_sBIT,
2280 PNG_INFO_cHRM, PNG_INFO_PLTE,
2281 PNG_INFO_tRNS, PNG_INFO_bKGD,
2282 PNG_INFO_hIST, PNG_INFO_pHYs,
2283 PNG_INFO_oFFs, PNG_INFO_tIME,
2284 PNG_INFO_pCAL, PNG_INFO_sRGB,
2285 PNG_INFO_iCCP, PNG_INFO_sPLT,
2286 PNG_INFO_sCAL, PNG_INFO_IDAT
2287
2288For a more compact example of reading a PNG image, see the file example.c.
2289
2290Reading PNG files progressively
2291
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb23afad2013-07-10 19:30:59 -05002292The progressive reader is slightly different from the non-progressive
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002293reader. Instead of calling png_read_info(), png_read_rows(), and
2294png_read_end(), you make one call to png_process_data(), which calls
2295callbacks when it has the info, a row, or the end of the image. You
2296set up these callbacks with png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You don't
2297have to worry about the input/output functions of libpng, as you are
2298giving the library the data directly in png_process_data(). I will
2299assume that you have read the section on reading PNG files above,
2300so I will only highlight the differences (although I will show
2301all of the code).
2302
2303png_structp png_ptr;
2304png_infop info_ptr;
2305
2306 /* An example code fragment of how you would
2307 initialize the progressive reader in your
2308 application. */
2309 int
2310 initialize_png_reader()
2311 {
2312 png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
2313 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
2314 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002315
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002316 if (!png_ptr)
2317 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002318
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002319 info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002320
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002321 if (!info_ptr)
2322 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002323 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr,
2324 (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL);
2325 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002326 }
2327
2328 if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
2329 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002330 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
2331 (png_infopp)NULL);
2332 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002333 }
2334
2335 /* This one's new. You can provide functions
2336 to be called when the header info is valid,
2337 when each row is completed, and when the image
2338 is finished. If you aren't using all functions,
2339 you can specify NULL parameters. Even when all
2340 three functions are NULL, you need to call
2341 png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You can use
2342 any struct as the user_ptr (cast to a void pointer
2343 for the function call), and retrieve the pointer
2344 from inside the callbacks using the function
2345
2346 png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr);
2347
2348 which will return a void pointer, which you have
2349 to cast appropriately.
2350 */
2351 png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr, (void *)user_ptr,
2352 info_callback, row_callback, end_callback);
2353
2354 return 0;
2355 }
2356
2357 /* A code fragment that you call as you receive blocks
2358 of data */
2359 int
2360 process_data(png_bytep buffer, png_uint_32 length)
2361 {
2362 if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
2363 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002364 png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002365 (png_infopp)NULL);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002366 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002367 }
2368
2369 /* This one's new also. Simply give it a chunk
2370 of data from the file stream (in order, of
2371 course). On machines with segmented memory
2372 models machines, don't give it any more than
2373 64K. The library seems to run fine with sizes
2374 of 4K. Although you can give it much less if
2375 necessary (I assume you can give it chunks of
2376 1 byte, I haven't tried less then 256 bytes
2377 yet). When this function returns, you may
2378 want to display any rows that were generated
2379 in the row callback if you don't already do
2380 so there.
2381 */
2382 png_process_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, buffer, length);
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06002383
2384 /* At this point you can call png_process_data_skip if
2385 you want to handle data the library will skip yourself;
2386 it simply returns the number of bytes to skip (and stops
2387 libpng skipping that number of bytes on the next
2388 png_process_data call).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002389 return 0;
2390 }
2391
2392 /* This function is called (as set by
2393 png_set_progressive_read_fn() above) when enough data
2394 has been supplied so all of the header has been
2395 read.
2396 */
2397 void
2398 info_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
2399 {
2400 /* Do any setup here, including setting any of
2401 the transformations mentioned in the Reading
2402 PNG files section. For now, you _must_ call
2403 either png_start_read_image() or
2404 png_read_update_info() after all the
2405 transformations are set (even if you don't set
2406 any). You may start getting rows before
2407 png_process_data() returns, so this is your
2408 last chance to prepare for that.
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002409
2410 This is where you turn on interlace handling,
2411 assuming you don't want to do it yourself.
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06002412
2413 If you need to you can stop the processing of
2414 your original input data at this point by calling
2415 png_process_data_pause. This returns the number
2416 of unprocessed bytes from the last png_process_data
2417 call - it is up to you to ensure that the next call
2418 sees these bytes again. If you don't want to bother
2419 with this you can get libpng to cache the unread
2420 bytes by setting the 'save' parameter (see png.h) but
2421 then libpng will have to copy the data internally.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002422 */
2423 }
2424
2425 /* This function is called when each row of image
2426 data is complete */
2427 void
2428 row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row,
2429 png_uint_32 row_num, int pass)
2430 {
2431 /* If the image is interlaced, and you turned
2432 on the interlace handler, this function will
2433 be called for every row in every pass. Some
2434 of these rows will not be changed from the
2435 previous pass. When the row is not changed,
2436 the new_row variable will be NULL. The rows
2437 and passes are called in order, so you don't
2438 really need the row_num and pass, but I'm
2439 supplying them because it may make your life
2440 easier.
2441
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002442 If you did not turn on interlace handling then
2443 the callback is called for each row of each
2444 sub-image when the image is interlaced. In this
2445 case 'row_num' is the row in the sub-image, not
2446 the row in the output image as it is in all other
2447 cases.
2448
2449 For the non-NULL rows of interlaced images when
2450 you have switched on libpng interlace handling,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002451 you must call png_progressive_combine_row()
2452 passing in the row and the old row. You can
2453 call this function for NULL rows (it will just
2454 return) and for non-interlaced images (it just
2455 does the memcpy for you) if it will make the
2456 code easier. Thus, you can just do this for
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002457 all cases if you switch on interlace handling;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002458 */
2459
2460 png_progressive_combine_row(png_ptr, old_row,
2461 new_row);
2462
2463 /* where old_row is what was displayed for
2464 previously for the row. Note that the first
2465 pass (pass == 0, really) will completely cover
2466 the old row, so the rows do not have to be
2467 initialized. After the first pass (and only
2468 for interlaced images), you will have to pass
2469 the current row, and the function will combine
2470 the old row and the new row.
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06002471
2472 You can also call png_process_data_pause in this
2473 callback - see above.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002474 */
2475 }
2476
2477 void
2478 end_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
2479 {
2480 /* This function is called after the whole image
2481 has been read, including any chunks after the
2482 image (up to and including the IEND). You
2483 will usually have the same info chunk as you
2484 had in the header, although some data may have
2485 been added to the comments and time fields.
2486
2487 Most people won't do much here, perhaps setting
2488 a flag that marks the image as finished.
2489 */
2490 }
2491
2492
2493
2494IV. Writing
2495
2496Much of this is very similar to reading. However, everything of
2497importance is repeated here, so you won't have to constantly look
2498back up in the reading section to understand writing.
2499
2500Setup
2501
2502You will want to do the I/O initialization before you get into libpng,
2503so if it doesn't work, you don't have anything to undo. If you are not
2504using the standard I/O functions, you will need to replace them with
2505custom writing functions. See the discussion under Customizing libpng.
2506
2507 FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "wb");
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002508
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002509 if (!fp)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002510 return (ERROR);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002511
2512Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized.
2513As these can be both relatively large, you may not want to store these
2514on the stack, unless you have stack space to spare. Of course, you
2515will want to check if they return NULL. If you are also reading,
2516you won't want to name your read structure and your write structure
2517both "png_ptr"; you can call them anything you like, such as
2518"read_ptr" and "write_ptr". Look at pngtest.c, for example.
2519
2520 png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct
2521 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
2522 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002523
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002524 if (!png_ptr)
2525 return (ERROR);
2526
2527 png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
2528 if (!info_ptr)
2529 {
2530 png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002531 (png_infopp)NULL);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002532 return (ERROR);
2533 }
2534
2535If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
2536define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use
2537png_create_write_struct_2() instead of png_create_write_struct():
2538
2539 png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct_2
2540 (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
2541 user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
2542 user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);
2543
2544After you have these structures, you will need to set up the
2545error handling. When libpng encounters an error, it expects to
2546longjmp() back to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call
2547setjmp() and pass the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you
2548write the file from different routines, you will need to update
2549the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) every time you enter a new routine that will
2550call a png_*() function. See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp
2551for your compiler for more information on setjmp/longjmp. See
2552the discussion on libpng error handling in the Customizing Libpng
2553section below for more information on the libpng error handling.
2554
2555 if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
2556 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002557 png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002558 fclose(fp);
2559 return (ERROR);
2560 }
2561 ...
2562 return;
2563
2564If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson54ac9a92010-04-02 17:06:22 -05002565you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002566errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().
2567
Glenn Randers-Pehrson54ac9a92010-04-02 17:06:22 -05002568You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
2569more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
2570return.
2571
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06002572Checking for invalid palette index on write was added at libpng
25731.5.10. If a pixel contains an invalid (out-of-range) index libpng issues
2574a benign error. This is enabled by default because this condition is an
2575error according to the PNG specification, Clause 11.3.2, but the error can
2576be ignored in each png_ptr with
2577
2578 png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_ptr, 0);
2579
2580If the error is ignored, or if png_benign_error() treats it as a warning,
2581any invalid pixels are written as-is by the encoder, resulting in an
2582invalid PNG datastream as output. In this case the application is
2583responsible for ensuring that the pixel indexes are in range when it writes
2584a PLTE chunk with fewer entries than the bit depth would allow.
2585
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002586Now you need to set up the output code. The default for libpng is to
2587use the C function fwrite(). If you use this, you will need to pass a
2588valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is
2589opened in binary mode. Again, if you wish to handle writing data in
2590another way, see the discussion on libpng I/O handling in the Customizing
2591Libpng section below.
2592
2593 png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);
2594
2595If you are embedding your PNG into a datastream such as MNG, and don't
2596want libpng to write the 8-byte signature, or if you have already
2597written the signature in your application, use
2598
2599 png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8);
2600
2601to inform libpng that it should not write a signature.
2602
2603Write callbacks
2604
2605At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
2606called after each row has been written, which you can use to control
2607a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
2608You must supply a function
2609
Glenn Randers-Pehrson81ce8892011-01-24 08:04:37 -06002610 void write_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 row,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002611 int pass);
2612 {
2613 /* put your code here */
2614 }
2615
2616(You can give it another name that you like instead of "write_row_callback")
2617
2618To inform libpng about your function, use
2619
2620 png_set_write_status_fn(png_ptr, write_row_callback);
2621
John Bowler59010e52011-02-16 06:16:31 -06002622When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
2623it has also been written out. The 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be
2624handled. For the
2625non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
2626passed in row number, and pass will always be 0. For the interlaced case the
2627same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
2628the last one from one of the preceding passes. Because interlacing may skip a
2629pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass-1', if you really
2630need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
2631the last recorded value each time.
2632
2633As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
2634PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.
2635
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002636You now have the option of modifying how the compression library will
2637run. The following functions are mainly for testing, but may be useful
2638in some cases, like if you need to write PNG files extremely fast and
2639are willing to give up some compression, or if you want to get the
2640maximum possible compression at the expense of slower writing. If you
2641have no special needs in this area, let the library do what it wants by
2642not calling this function at all, as it has been tuned to deliver a good
2643speed/compression ratio. The second parameter to png_set_filter() is
2644the filter method, for which the only valid values are 0 (as of the
2645July 1999 PNG specification, version 1.2) or 64 (if you are writing
2646a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG datastream). The third
2647parameter is a flag that indicates which filter type(s) are to be tested
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06002648for each scanline. See the PNG specification for details on the specific
2649filter types.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002650
2651
2652 /* turn on or off filtering, and/or choose
2653 specific filters. You can use either a single
2654 PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NAME or the bitwise OR of one
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002655 or more PNG_FILTER_NAME masks.
2656 */
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002657 png_set_filter(png_ptr, 0,
2658 PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE |
2659 PNG_FILTER_SUB | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB |
2660 PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP |
2661 PNG_FILTER_AVG | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG |
2662 PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH|
2663 PNG_ALL_FILTERS);
2664
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06002665If an application wants to start and stop using particular filters during
2666compression, it should start out with all of the filters (to ensure that
2667the previous row of pixels will be stored in case it's needed later),
2668and then add and remove them after the start of compression.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002669
2670If you are writing a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG
2671datastream, the second parameter can be either 0 or 64.
2672
2673The png_set_compression_*() functions interface to the zlib compression
2674library, and should mostly be ignored unless you really know what you are
2675doing. The only generally useful call is png_set_compression_level()
2676which changes how much time zlib spends on trying to compress the image
2677data. See the Compression Library (zlib.h and algorithm.txt, distributed
2678with zlib) for details on the compression levels.
2679
Glenn Randers-Pehrson38734ee2011-03-03 06:23:31 -06002680 #include zlib.h
2681
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona45f47c2011-04-01 15:31:26 -05002682 /* Set the zlib compression level */
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002683 png_set_compression_level(png_ptr,
2684 Z_BEST_COMPRESSION);
2685
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona45f47c2011-04-01 15:31:26 -05002686 /* Set other zlib parameters for compressing IDAT */
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002687 png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
2688 png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
2689 Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
2690 png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
2691 png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
2692 png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, 8192)
2693
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona45f47c2011-04-01 15:31:26 -05002694 /* Set zlib parameters for text compression
2695 * If you don't call these, the parameters
2696 * fall back on those defined for IDAT chunks
2697 */
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8eb88332011-04-01 00:16:50 -05002698 png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
2699 png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
2700 Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
2701 png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
2702 png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002703
2704Setting the contents of info for output
2705
2706You now need to fill in the png_info structure with all the data you
2707wish to write before the actual image. Note that the only thing you
2708are allowed to write after the image is the text chunks and the time
2709chunk (as of PNG Specification 1.2, anyway). See png_write_end() and
2710the latest PNG specification for more information on that. If you
2711wish to write them before the image, fill them in now, and flag that
2712data as being valid. If you want to wait until after the data, don't
2713fill them until png_write_end(). For all the fields in png_info and
2714their data types, see png.h. For explanations of what the fields
2715contain, see the PNG specification.
2716
2717Some of the more important parts of the png_info are:
2718
2719 png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, width, height,
2720 bit_depth, color_type, interlace_type,
2721 compression_type, filter_method)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002722
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002723 width - holds the width of the image
2724 in pixels (up to 2^31).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002725
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002726 height - holds the height of the image
2727 in pixels (up to 2^31).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002728
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002729 bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the
2730 image channels.
2731 (valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
2732 and depend also on the
2733 color_type. See also significant
2734 bits (sBIT) below).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002735
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002736 color_type - describes which color/alpha
2737 channels are present.
2738 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
2739 (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
2740 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
2741 (bit depths 8, 16)
2742 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
2743 (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
2744 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
2745 (bit_depths 8, 16)
2746 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
2747 (bit_depths 8, 16)
2748
2749 PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
2750 PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
2751 PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA
2752
2753 interlace_type - PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
2754 PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002755
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002756 compression_type - (must be
2757 PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002758
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002759 filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT
2760 or, if you are writing a PNG to
2761 be embedded in a MNG datastream,
2762 can also be
2763 PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING)
2764
2765If you call png_set_IHDR(), the call must appear before any of the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond60c8862009-06-15 21:56:14 -05002766other png_set_*() functions, because they might require access to some of
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002767the IHDR settings. The remaining png_set_*() functions can be called
2768in any order.
2769
Glenn Randers-Pehrson9dcde092009-06-08 08:31:59 -05002770If you wish, you can reset the compression_type, interlace_type, or
2771filter_method later by calling png_set_IHDR() again; if you do this, the
2772width, height, bit_depth, and color_type must be the same in each call.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson37e7e0b2009-06-02 13:46:41 -05002773
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002774 png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette,
2775 num_palette);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002776
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002777 palette - the palette for the file
2778 (array of png_color)
2779 num_palette - number of entries in the palette
2780
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8d0bc0f2011-01-25 22:15:58 -06002781 png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, file_gamma);
2782 png_set_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_file_gamma);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002783
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8d0bc0f2011-01-25 22:15:58 -06002784 file_gamma - the gamma at which the image was
2785 created (PNG_INFO_gAMA)
2786
2787 int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which
2788 the image was created
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002789
John Bowlerbbd17bd2011-08-25 17:48:18 -05002790 png_set_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, white_x, white_y, red_x, red_y,
2791 green_x, green_y, blue_x, blue_y)
2792 png_set_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, red_X, red_Y, red_Z, green_X,
2793 green_Y, green_Z, blue_X, blue_Y, blue_Z)
2794 png_set_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_white_x, int_white_y,
2795 int_red_x, int_red_y, int_green_x, int_green_y,
2796 int_blue_x, int_blue_y)
2797 png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_red_X, int_red_Y,
2798 int_red_Z, int_green_X, int_green_Y, int_green_Z,
2799 int_blue_X, int_blue_Y, int_blue_Z)
2800
2801 {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
2802 A color space encoding specified using the chromaticities
2803 of the end points and the white point.
2804
2805 {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
2806 A color space encoding specified using the encoding end
2807 points - the CIE tristimulus specification of the intended
2808 color of the red, green and blue channels in the PNG RGB
2809 data. The white point is simply the sum of the three end
2810 points.
2811
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002812 png_set_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, srgb_intent);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002813
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002814 srgb_intent - the rendering intent
2815 (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of
2816 the sRGB chunk means that the pixel
2817 data is in the sRGB color space.
2818 This chunk also implies specific
2819 values of gAMA and cHRM. Rendering
2820 intent is the CSS-1 property that
2821 has been defined by the International
2822 Color Consortium
2823 (http://www.color.org).
2824 It can be one of
2825 PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION,
2826 PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL,
2827 PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE, or
2828 PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE.
2829
2830
2831 png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,
2832 srgb_intent);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002833
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002834 srgb_intent - the rendering intent
2835 (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of the
2836 sRGB chunk means that the pixel
2837 data is in the sRGB color space.
2838 This function also causes gAMA and
2839 cHRM chunks with the specific values
2840 that are consistent with sRGB to be
2841 written.
2842
2843 png_set_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, name, compression_type,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06002844 profile, proflen);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002845
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06002846 name - The profile name.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002847
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06002848 compression_type - The compression type; always
2849 PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
2850 You may give NULL to this argument to
2851 ignore it.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002852
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06002853 profile - International Color Consortium color
2854 profile data. May contain NULs.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002855
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4a5a1ec2011-01-15 11:43:28 -06002856 proflen - length of profile data in bytes.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002857
2858 png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, sig_bit);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002859
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002860 sig_bit - the number of significant bits for
2861 (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, red,
2862 green, and blue channels, whichever are
2863 appropriate for the given color type
2864 (png_color_16)
2865
Glenn Randers-Pehrson866b62a2009-08-08 16:33:14 -05002866 png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, trans_alpha,
2867 num_trans, trans_color);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002868
Glenn Randers-Pehrson866b62a2009-08-08 16:33:14 -05002869 trans_alpha - array of alpha (transparency)
2870 entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002871
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05002872 num_trans - number of transparent entries
2873 (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
2874
Glenn Randers-Pehrson9dcde092009-06-08 08:31:59 -05002875 trans_color - graylevel or color sample values
2876 (in order red, green, blue) of the
2877 single transparent color for
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002878 non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002879
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002880 png_set_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, hist);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002881
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002882 hist - histogram of palette (array of
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8d0bc0f2011-01-25 22:15:58 -06002883 png_uint_16) (PNG_INFO_hIST)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002884
2885 png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, mod_time);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002886
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002887 mod_time - time image was last modified
2888 (PNG_VALID_tIME)
2889
2890 png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, background);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002891
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonab389792011-07-09 19:35:22 -05002892 background - background color (of type
2893 png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002894
2895 png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text_ptr, num_text);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002896
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002897 text_ptr - array of png_text holding image
2898 comments
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002899
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002900 text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
2901 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
2902 PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
2903 PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
2904 PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
2905 text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain
2906 1-79 characters.
2907 text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current
2908 keyword. Can be NULL or empty.
2909 text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
2910 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
2911 text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
2912 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
2913 text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (NULL or
2914 empty for unknown).
2915 text_ptr[i].translated_keyword - keyword in UTF-8 (NULL
2916 or empty for unknown).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson680da022011-11-21 17:05:41 -06002917
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonef29a5e2009-10-31 19:37:05 -05002918 Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
Glenn Randers-Pehrson680da022011-11-21 17:05:41 -06002919 members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
2920 library is built with iTXt chunk support. Prior to
2921 libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
2922 iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
2923 they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
2924 field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
2925 PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonef29a5e2009-10-31 19:37:05 -05002926
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002927 num_text - number of comments
2928
2929 png_set_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette_ptr,
2930 num_spalettes);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002931
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002932 palette_ptr - array of png_sPLT_struct structures
2933 to be added to the list of palettes
2934 in the info structure.
2935 num_spalettes - number of palette structures to be
2936 added.
2937
2938 png_set_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, offset_x, offset_y,
2939 unit_type);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002940
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002941 offset_x - positive offset from the left
2942 edge of the screen
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002943
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002944 offset_y - positive offset from the top
2945 edge of the screen
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002946
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002947 unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER
2948
2949 png_set_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, res_x, res_y,
2950 unit_type);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002951
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002952 res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution
2953 in x direction
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002954
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002955 res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution
2956 in y direction
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002957
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002958 unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
2959 PNG_RESOLUTION_METER
2960
2961 png_set_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002962
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002963 unit - physical scale units (an integer)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002964
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002965 width - width of a pixel in physical scale units
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002966
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002967 height - height of a pixel in physical scale units
2968 (width and height are doubles)
2969
2970 png_set_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002971
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002972 unit - physical scale units (an integer)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002973
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002974 width - width of a pixel in physical scale units
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05002975 expressed as a string
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002976
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002977 height - height of a pixel in physical scale units
2978 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
2979
2980 png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unknowns,
2981 num_unknowns)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06002982
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05002983 unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk
2984 structures holding unknown chunks
2985 unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk
2986 unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk
2987 unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data
2988 unknowns[i].location - position to write chunk in file
2989 0: do not write chunk
2990 PNG_HAVE_IHDR: before PLTE
2991 PNG_HAVE_PLTE: before IDAT
2992 PNG_AFTER_IDAT: after IDAT
2993
2994The "location" member is set automatically according to
2995what part of the output file has already been written.
2996You can change its value after calling png_set_unknown_chunks()
2997as demonstrated in pngtest.c. Within each of the "locations",
2998the chunks are sequenced according to their position in the
2999structure (that is, the value of "i", which is the order in which
3000the chunk was either read from the input file or defined with
3001png_set_unknown_chunks).
3002
3003A quick word about text and num_text. text is an array of png_text
3004structures. num_text is the number of valid structures in the array.
3005Each png_text structure holds a language code, a keyword, a text value,
3006and a compression type.
3007
3008The compression types have the same valid numbers as the compression
3009types of the image data. Currently, the only valid number is zero.
3010However, you can store text either compressed or uncompressed, unlike
3011images, which always have to be compressed. So if you don't want the
3012text compressed, set the compression type to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE.
3013Because tEXt and zTXt chunks don't have a language field, if you
3014specify PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
3015any language code or translated keyword will not be written out.
3016
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05003017Until text gets around a few hundred bytes, it is not worth compressing it.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003018After the text has been written out to the file, the compression type
3019is set to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR,
3020so that it isn't written out again at the end (in case you are calling
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003021png_write_end() with the same struct).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003022
3023The keywords that are given in the PNG Specification are:
3024
3025 Title Short (one line) title or
3026 caption for image
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003027
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003028 Author Name of image's creator
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003029
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003030 Description Description of image (possibly long)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003031
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003032 Copyright Copyright notice
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003033
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003034 Creation Time Time of original image creation
3035 (usually RFC 1123 format, see below)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003036
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003037 Software Software used to create the image
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003038
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003039 Disclaimer Legal disclaimer
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003040
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003041 Warning Warning of nature of content
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003042
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003043 Source Device used to create the image
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003044
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003045 Comment Miscellaneous comment; conversion
3046 from other image format
3047
3048The keyword-text pairs work like this. Keywords should be short
3049simple descriptions of what the comment is about. Some typical
3050keywords are found in the PNG specification, as is some recommendations
3051on keywords. You can repeat keywords in a file. You can even write
3052some text before the image and some after. For example, you may want
3053to put a description of the image before the image, but leave the
3054disclaimer until after, so viewers working over modem connections
3055don't have to wait for the disclaimer to go over the modem before
3056they start seeing the image. Finally, keywords should be full
3057words, not abbreviations. Keywords and text are in the ISO 8859-1
3058(Latin-1) character set (a superset of regular ASCII) and can not
3059contain NUL characters, and should not contain control or other
3060unprintable characters. To make the comments widely readable, stick
3061with basic ASCII, and avoid machine specific character set extensions
3062like the IBM-PC character set. The keyword must be present, but
3063you can leave off the text string on non-compressed pairs.
3064Compressed pairs must have a text string, as only the text string
3065is compressed anyway, so the compression would be meaningless.
3066
3067PNG supports modification time via the png_time structure. Two
3068conversion routines are provided, png_convert_from_time_t() for
3069time_t and png_convert_from_struct_tm() for struct tm. The
3070time_t routine uses gmtime(). You don't have to use either of
3071these, but if you wish to fill in the png_time structure directly,
3072you should provide the time in universal time (GMT) if possible
3073instead of your local time. Note that the year number is the full
3074year (e.g. 1998, rather than 98 - PNG is year 2000 compliant!), and
3075that months start with 1.
3076
3077If you want to store the time of the original image creation, you should
3078use a plain tEXt chunk with the "Creation Time" keyword. This is
3079necessary because the "creation time" of a PNG image is somewhat vague,
3080depending on whether you mean the PNG file, the time the image was
3081created in a non-PNG format, a still photo from which the image was
3082scanned, or possibly the subject matter itself. In order to facilitate
3083machine-readable dates, it is recommended that the "Creation Time"
3084tEXt chunk use RFC 1123 format dates (e.g. "22 May 1997 18:07:10 GMT"),
3085although this isn't a requirement. Unlike the tIME chunk, the
3086"Creation Time" tEXt chunk is not expected to be automatically changed
3087by the software. To facilitate the use of RFC 1123 dates, a function
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003088png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer(png_ptr, buffer, png_timep) is provided to
3089convert from PNG time to an RFC 1123 format string. The caller must provide
3090a writeable buffer of at least 29 bytes.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003091
3092Writing unknown chunks
3093
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49f9c242013-04-27 18:03:03 -05003094You can use the png_set_unknown_chunks function to queue up private chunks
3095for writing. You give it a chunk name, location, raw data, and a size. You
3096also must use png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() to ensure that libpng will
3097handle them. That's all there is to it. The chunks will be written by the
3098next following png_write_info_before_PLTE, png_write_info, or png_write_end
3099function, depending upon the specified location. Any chunks previously
3100read into the info structure's unknown-chunk list will also be written out
3101in a sequence that satisfies the PNG specification's ordering rules.
3102
3103Here is an example of writing two private chunks, prVt and miNE:
3104
3105 #ifdef PNG_WRITE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
3106 /* Set unknown chunk data */
Glenn Randers-Pehrson61946e02013-04-28 20:48:37 -05003107 png_unknown_chunk unk_chunk[2];
3108 strcpy((char *) unk_chunk[0].name, "prVt";
3109 unk_chunk[0].data = (unsigned char *) "PRIVATE DATA";
3110 unk_chunk[0].size = strlen(unk_chunk[0].data)+1;
3111 unk_chunk[0].location = PNG_HAVE_IHDR;
3112 strcpy((char *) unk_chunk[1].name, "miNE";
3113 unk_chunk[1].data = (unsigned char *) "MY CHUNK DATA";
3114 unk_chunk[1].size = strlen(unk_chunk[0].data)+1;
3115 unk_chunk[1].location = PNG_AFTER_IDAT;
3116 png_set_unknown_chunks(write_ptr, write_info_ptr,
3117 unk_chunk, 2);
3118 /* Needed because miNE is not safe-to-copy */
3119 png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png, PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS,
3120 (png_bytep) "miNE", 1);
3121 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10600
3122 /* Deal with unknown chunk location bug in 1.5.x and earlier */
3123 png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 0, PNG_HAVE_IHDR);
3124 png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 1, PNG_AFTER_IDAT);
3125 # endif
3126 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10500
3127 /* PNG_AFTER_IDAT writes two copies of the chunk prior to libpng-1.5.0,
3128 * one before IDAT and another after IDAT, so don't use it; only use
3129 * PNG_HAVE_IHDR location. This call resets the location previously
3130 * set by assignment and png_set_unknown_chunk_location() for chunk 1.
3131 */
3132 png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 1, PNG_HAVE_IHDR);
3133 # endif
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49f9c242013-04-27 18:03:03 -05003134 #endif
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003135
3136The high-level write interface
3137
3138At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
3139write interface, or through a sequence of low-level write operations.
3140You can use the high-level interface if your image data is present
3141in the info structure. All defined output
3142transformations are permitted, enabled by the following masks.
3143
3144 PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation
3145 PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Pack 1, 2 and 4-bit samples
3146 PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed
3147 pixels to LSB first
3148 PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images
3149 PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the
3150 sBIT depth
3151 PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
3152 to BGRA
3153 PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
3154 to AG
3155 PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity
3156 to transparency
3157 PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples
3158 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER Strip out filler
3159 bytes (deprecated).
3160 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE Strip out leading
3161 filler bytes
3162 PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER Strip out trailing
3163 filler bytes
3164
3165If you have valid image data in the info structure (you can use
3166png_set_rows() to put image data in the info structure), simply do this:
3167
3168 png_write_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)
3169
3170where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some set of
3171transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_write_info(),
3172followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
3173then png_write_image(), and finally png_write_end().
3174
3175(The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point
3176to transformation parameters required by some future output transform.)
3177
3178You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
3179when you use png_write_png().
3180
3181The low-level write interface
3182
3183If you are going the low-level route instead, you are now ready to
3184write all the file information up to the actual image data. You do
3185this with a call to png_write_info().
3186
3187 png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
3188
3189Note that there is one transformation you may need to do before
3190png_write_info(). In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image is the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06003191level of opacity. If your data is supplied as a level of transparency,
3192you can invert the alpha channel before you write it, so that 0 is
3193fully transparent and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535
3194(in 16-bit images) is fully opaque, with
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003195
3196 png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);
3197
3198This must appear before png_write_info() instead of later with the
3199other transformations because in the case of paletted images the tRNS
3200chunk data has to be inverted before the tRNS chunk is written. If
3201your image is not a paletted image, the tRNS data (which in such cases
3202represents a single color to be rendered as transparent) won't need to
3203be changed, and you can safely do this transformation after your
3204png_write_info() call.
3205
3206If you need to write a private chunk that you want to appear before
3207the PLTE chunk when PLTE is present, you can write the PNG info in
3208two steps, and insert code to write your own chunk between them:
3209
3210 png_write_info_before_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr);
3211 png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...);
3212 png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
3213
3214After you've written the file information, you can set up the library
3215to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various
3216ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
3217should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color
3218type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
3219certain color types and bit depths. Even though each transformation
3220checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should
3221make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the
3222data. For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data.
3223
3224PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code tells
3225the library to strip input data that has 4 or 8 bytes per pixel down
3226to 3 or 6 bytes (or strip 2 or 4-byte grayscale+filler data to 1 or 2
3227bytes per pixel).
3228
3229 png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);
3230
3231where the 0 is unused, and the location is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or
3232PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether the filler byte in the pixel
3233is stored XRGB or RGBX.
3234
3235PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
3236they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit files.
3237If the data is supplied at 1 pixel per byte, use this code, which will
3238correctly pack the pixels into a single byte:
3239
3240 png_set_packing(png_ptr);
3241
3242PNG files reduce possible bit depths to 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. If your
3243data is of another bit depth, you can write an sBIT chunk into the
3244file so that decoders can recover the original data if desired.
3245
3246 /* Set the true bit depth of the image data */
3247 if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
3248 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003249 sig_bit.red = true_bit_depth;
3250 sig_bit.green = true_bit_depth;
3251 sig_bit.blue = true_bit_depth;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003252 }
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003253
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003254 else
3255 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003256 sig_bit.gray = true_bit_depth;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003257 }
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003258
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003259 if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
3260 {
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003261 sig_bit.alpha = true_bit_depth;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003262 }
3263
3264 png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);
3265
3266If the data is stored in the row buffer in a bit depth other than
3267one supported by PNG (e.g. 3 bit data in the range 0-7 for a 4-bit PNG),
3268this will scale the values to appear to be the correct bit depth as
3269is required by PNG.
3270
3271 png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit);
3272
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -05003273PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003274ie. most significant bits first). This code would be used if they are
3275supplied the other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits
3276first, the way PCs store them):
3277
3278 if (bit_depth > 8)
3279 png_set_swap(png_ptr);
3280
3281If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
3282need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:
3283
3284 if (bit_depth < 8)
3285 png_set_packswap(png_ptr);
3286
3287PNG files store 3 color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code
3288would be used if they are supplied as blue, green, red:
3289
3290 png_set_bgr(png_ptr);
3291
3292PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being
3293one. This code would be used if the pixels are supplied with this reversed
3294(black being one and white being zero):
3295
3296 png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);
3297
3298Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
3299the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback
3300with
3301
3302 png_set_write_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
3303 write_transform_fn);
3304
3305You must supply the function
3306
Glenn Randers-Pehrson93215672011-02-13 19:42:19 -06003307 void write_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
3308 row_info, png_bytep data)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003309
3310See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06003311before any of the other transformations are processed. If supported
3312libpng also supplies an information routine that may be called from
3313your callback:
3314
3315 png_get_current_row_number(png_ptr);
John Bowlercd113452011-02-16 06:15:13 -06003316 png_get_current_pass_number(png_ptr);
John Bowler0a5c9c02011-01-22 17:36:34 -06003317
John Bowlercd113452011-02-16 06:15:13 -06003318This returns the current row passed to the transform. With interlaced
3319images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image. Use
3320PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
3321find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).
3322
3323The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
3324use these values.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003325
3326You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
3327callback function.
3328
3329 png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, 0, 0);
3330
3331The user_channels and user_depth parameters of this function are ignored
3332when writing; you can set them to zero as shown.
3333
3334You can retrieve the pointer via the function png_get_user_transform_ptr().
3335For example:
3336
3337 voidp write_user_transform_ptr =
3338 png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
3339
3340It is possible to have libpng flush any pending output, either manually,
3341or automatically after a certain number of lines have been written. To
3342flush the output stream a single time call:
3343
3344 png_write_flush(png_ptr);
3345
3346and to have libpng flush the output stream periodically after a certain
3347number of scanlines have been written, call:
3348
3349 png_set_flush(png_ptr, nrows);
3350
3351Note that the distance between rows is from the last time png_write_flush()
3352was called, or the first row of the image if it has never been called.
3353So if you write 50 lines, and then png_set_flush 25, it will flush the
3354output on the next scanline, and every 25 lines thereafter, unless
3355png_write_flush() is called before 25 more lines have been written.
3356If nrows is too small (less than about 10 lines for a 640 pixel wide
3357RGB image) the image compression may decrease noticeably (although this
3358may be acceptable for real-time applications). Infrequent flushing will
3359only degrade the compression performance by a few percent over images
3360that do not use flushing.
3361
3362Writing the image data
3363
3364That's it for the transformations. Now you can write the image data.
3365The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you have the
3366whole image in memory, you can just call png_write_image() and libpng
3367will write the image. You will need to pass in an array of pointers to
3368each row. This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
3369need to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple
3370times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_write_rows().
3371
3372 png_write_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);
3373
3374where row_pointers is:
3375
3376 png_byte *row_pointers[height];
3377
3378You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.
3379
3380If you don't want to write the whole image at once, you can
3381use png_write_rows() instead. If the file is not interlaced,
3382this is simple:
3383
3384 png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers,
3385 number_of_rows);
3386
3387row_pointers is the same as in the png_write_image() call.
3388
3389If you are just writing one row at a time, you can do this with
3390a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
3391
3392 png_bytep row_pointer = row;
3393
3394 png_write_row(png_ptr, row_pointer);
3395
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06003396When the file is interlaced, things can get a good deal more complicated.
3397The only currently (as of the PNG Specification version 1.2, dated July
33981999) defined interlacing scheme for PNG files is the "Adam7" interlace
3399scheme, that breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying
3400size. libpng will build these images for you, or you can do them
3401yourself. If you want to build them yourself, see the PNG specification
3402for details of which pixels to write when.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003403
3404If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just
3405use png_set_interlace_handling() and call png_write_rows() the
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06003406correct number of times to write all the sub-images
3407(png_set_interlace_handling() returns the number of sub-images.)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003408
3409If you want libpng to build the sub-images, call this before you start
3410writing any rows:
3411
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06003412 number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003413
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06003414This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this is seven,
3415but may change if another interlace type is added.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003416
3417Then write the complete image number_of_passes times.
3418
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06003419 png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, number_of_rows);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003420
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06003421Think carefully before you write an interlaced image. Typically code that
3422reads such images reads all the image data into memory, uncompressed, before
3423doing any processing. Only code that can display an image on the fly can
3424take advantage of the interlacing and even then the image has to be exactly
3425the correct size for the output device, because scaling an image requires
3426adjacent pixels and these are not available until all the passes have been
3427read.
3428
3429If you do write an interlaced image you will hardly ever need to handle
3430the interlacing yourself. Call png_set_interlace_handling() and use the
3431approach described above.
3432
3433The only time it is conceivable that you will really need to write an
3434interlaced image pass-by-pass is when you have read one pass by pass and
3435made some pixel-by-pixel transformation to it, as described in the read
3436code above. In this case use the PNG_PASS_ROWS and PNG_PASS_COLS macros
3437to determine the size of each sub-image in turn and simply write the rows
3438you obtained from the read code.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003439
3440Finishing a sequential write
3441
3442After you are finished writing the image, you should finish writing
3443the file. If you are interested in writing comments or time, you should
3444pass an appropriately filled png_info pointer. If you are not interested,
3445you can pass NULL.
3446
3447 png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr);
3448
3449When you are done, you can free all memory used by libpng like this:
3450
3451 png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
3452
3453It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
3454point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
3455
3456 png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003457
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003458 mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask
3459 containing the bitwise OR of one or
3460 more of
3461 PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
3462 PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
3463 PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
3464 PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
3465 PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
3466 or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003467
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003468 seq - sequence number of item to be freed
3469 (-1 for all items)
3470
3471This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
3472already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06003473by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing.
3474The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
3475type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items
3476are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
3477sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003478
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06003479If you allocated data such as a palette that you passed in to libpng
3480with png_set_*, you must not free it until just before the call to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003481png_destroy_write_struct().
3482
3483The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
3484by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
3485or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003486or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003487
3488 png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003489
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003490 freer - one of
3491 PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
3492 PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
3493 PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
3494
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003495 mask - which data elements are affected
3496 same choices as in png_free_data()
3497
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003498For example, to transfer responsibility for some data from a read structure
3499to a write structure, you could use
3500
3501 png_data_freer(read_ptr, read_info_ptr,
3502 PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA,
3503 PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003504
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003505 png_data_freer(write_ptr, write_info_ptr,
3506 PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA,
3507 PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)
3508
3509thereby briefly reassigning responsibility for freeing to the user but
3510immediately afterwards reassigning it once more to the write_destroy
3511function. Having done this, it would then be safe to destroy the read
3512structure and continue to use the PLTE, tRNS, and hIST data in the write
3513structure.
3514
3515This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
3516You can call this function before calling after the png_set_*() functions
3517to control whether the user or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data.
3518When the user assumes responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the
3519application must use
3520png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
3521for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003522or png_calloc() to allocate it.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003523
3524If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
3525separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
3526because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
3527the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly,
3528if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
3529application, your application must not separately free those members.
3530For a more compact example of writing a PNG image, see the file example.c.
3531
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003532V. Simplified API
3533
3534The simplified API, which became available in libpng-1.6.0, hides the details
3535of both libpng and the PNG file format itself.
3536It allows PNG files to be read into a very limited number of
3537in-memory bitmap formats or to be written from the same formats. If these
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4dcbf242013-08-06 17:20:06 -05003538formats do not accommodate your needs then you can, and should, use the more
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003539sophisticated APIs above - these support a wide variety of in-memory formats
3540and a wide variety of sophisticated transformations to those formats as well
3541as a wide variety of APIs to manipulate ancilliary information.
3542
3543To read a PNG file using the simplified API:
3544
3545 1) Declare a 'png_image' structure (see below) on the
3546 stack and memset() it to all zero.
3547
3548 2) Call the appropriate png_image_begin_read... function.
3549
3550 3) Set the png_image 'format' member to the required
3551 format and allocate a buffer for the image.
3552
3553 4) Call png_image_finish_read to read the image into
3554 your buffer.
3555
3556There are no restrictions on the format of the PNG input itself; all valid
3557color types, bit depths, and interlace methods are acceptable, and the
3558input image is transformed as necessary to the requested in-memory format
3559during the png_image_finish_read() step.
3560
3561To write a PNG file using the simplified API:
3562
3563 1) Declare a 'png_image' structure on the stack and memset()
3564 it to all zero.
3565
3566 2) Initialize the members of the structure that describe the
3567 image, setting the 'format' member to the format of the
3568 image in memory.
3569
3570 3) Call the appropriate png_image_write... function with a
3571 pointer to the image to write the PNG data.
3572
3573png_image is a structure that describes the in-memory format of an image
3574when it is being read or define the in-memory format of an image that you
3575need to write. The "png_image" structure contains the following members:
3576
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003577 png_uint_32 version Set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003578 png_uint_32 width Image width in pixels (columns)
3579 png_uint_32 height Image height in pixels (rows)
3580 png_uint_32 format Image format as defined below
3581 png_uint_32 flags A bit mask containing informational flags
3582 png_controlp opaque Initialize to NULL, free with png_image_free
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003583 png_uint_32 colormap_entries; Number of entries in the color-map
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003584 png_uint_32 warning_or_error;
3585 char message[64];
3586
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003587In the event of an error or warning the following field warning_or_error
3588field will be set to a non-zero value and the 'message' field will contain
3589a '\0' terminated string with the libpng error or warning message. If both
3590warnings and an error were encountered, only the error is recorded. If there
3591are multiple warnings, only the first one is recorded.
3592
3593The upper 30 bits of this value are reserved; the low two bits contain
3594a two bit code such that a value more than 1 indicates a failure in the API
3595just called:
3596
3597 0 - no warning or error
3598 1 - warning
3599 2 - error
3600 3 - error preceded by warning
3601
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003602The pixels (samples) of the image have one to four channels whose components
3603have original values in the range 0 to 1.0:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003604
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003605 1: A single gray or luminance channel (G).
3606 2: A gray/luminance channel and an alpha channel (GA).
3607 3: Three red, green, blue color channels (RGB).
3608 4: Three color channels and an alpha channel (RGBA).
3609
3610The channels are encoded in one of two ways:
3611
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003612 a) As a small integer, value 0..255, contained in a single byte. For the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003613alpha channel the original value is simply value/255. For the color or
3614luminance channels the value is encoded according to the sRGB specification
3615and matches the 8-bit format expected by typical display devices.
3616
3617The color/gray channels are not scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
3618channel and are suitable for passing to color management software.
3619
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003620 b) As a value in the range 0..65535, contained in a 2-byte integer. All
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003621channels can be converted to the original value by dividing by 65535; all
3622channels are linear. Color channels use the RGB encoding (RGB end-points) of
3623the sRGB specification. This encoding is identified by the
3624PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR flag below.
3625
3626When an alpha channel is present it is expected to denote pixel coverage
3627of the color or luminance channels and is returned as an associated alpha
3628channel: the color/gray channels are scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
3629value.
3630
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003631When a color-mapped image is used as a result of calling
3632png_image_read_colormap or png_image_write_colormap the channels are encoded
3633in the color-map and the descriptions above apply to the color-map entries.
3634The image data is encoded as small integers, value 0..255, that index the
3635entries in the color-map. One integer (one byte) is stored for each pixel.
3636
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003637PNG_FORMAT_*
3638
3639The #defines to be used in png_image::format. Each #define identifies a
3640particular layout of channel data and, if present, alpha values. There are
3641separate defines for each of the two channel encodings.
3642
3643A format is built up using single bit flag values. Not all combinations are
3644valid: use the bit flag values below for testing a format returned by the
3645read APIs, but set formats from the derived values.
3646
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003647When reading or writing color-mapped images the format should be set to the
3648format of the entries in the color-map then png_image_{read,write}_colormap
3649called to read or write the color-map and set the format correctly for the
3650image data. Do not set the PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP bit directly!
3651
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003652NOTE: libpng can be built with particular features disabled, if you see
3653compiler errors because the definition of one of the following flags has been
3654compiled out it is because libpng does not have the required support. It is
3655possible, however, for the libpng configuration to enable the format on just
3656read or just write; in that case you may see an error at run time. You can
3657guard against this by checking for the definition of:
3658
3659 PNG_SIMPLIFIED_{READ,WRITE}_{BGR,AFIRST}_SUPPORTED
3660
3661 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA 0x01 format with an alpha channel
3662 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR 0x02 color format: otherwise grayscale
3663 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR 0x04 png_uint_16 channels else png_byte
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003664 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP 0x08 libpng use only
3665 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR 0x10 BGR colors, else order is RGB
3666 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST 0x20 alpha channel comes first
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003667
3668Supported formats are as follows. Future versions of libpng may support more
3669formats; for compatibility with older versions simply check if the format
3670macro is defined using #ifdef. These defines describe the in-memory layout
3671of the components of the pixels of the image.
3672
3673First the single byte formats:
3674
3675 PNG_FORMAT_GRAY 0
3676 PNG_FORMAT_GA PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA
3677 PNG_FORMAT_AG (PNG_FORMAT_GA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST)
3678 PNG_FORMAT_RGB PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR
3679 PNG_FORMAT_BGR (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR)
3680 PNG_FORMAT_RGBA (PNG_FORMAT_RGB|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
3681 PNG_FORMAT_ARGB (PNG_FORMAT_RGBA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST)
3682 PNG_FORMAT_BGRA (PNG_FORMAT_BGR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
3683 PNG_FORMAT_ABGR (PNG_FORMAT_BGRA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST)
3684
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003685Then the linear 2-byte formats. When naming these "Y" is used to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003686indicate a luminance (gray) channel. The component order within the pixel
3687is always the same - there is no provision for swapping the order of the
3688components in the linear format.
3689
3690 PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR
3691 PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y_ALPHA
3692 (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
3693 PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB
3694 (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR)
3695 PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB_ALPHA
3696 (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|
3697 PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)
3698
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003699Color-mapped formats are obtained by calling png_image_{read,write}_colormap,
3700as appropriate after setting png_image::format to the format of the color-map
3701to be read or written. Applications may check the value of
3702PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP to see if they have called the colormap API. The
3703format of the color-map may be extracted using the following macro.
3704
3705 PNG_FORMAT_OF_COLORMAP(fmt) ((fmt) & ~PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP)
3706
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003707PNG_IMAGE macros
3708
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003709These are convenience macros to derive information from a png_image
3710structure. The PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_ macros return values appropriate to the
3711actual image sample values - either the entries in the color-map or the
3712pixels in the image. The PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_ macros return corresponding values
3713for the pixels and will always return 1 after a call to
3714png_image_{read,write}_colormap. The remaining macros return information
3715about the rows in the image and the complete image.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003716
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003717NOTE: All the macros that take a png_image::format parameter are compile time
3718constants if the format parameter is, itself, a constant. Therefore these
3719macros can be used in array declarations and case labels where required.
3720Similarly the macros are also pre-processor constants (sizeof is not used) so
3721they can be used in #if tests.
3722
3723First the information about the samples.
3724
3725 PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003726 Returns the total number of channels in a given format: 1..4
3727
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003728 PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)
3729 Returns the size in bytes of a single component of a pixel or color-map
3730 entry (as appropriate) in the image.
3731
3732 PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE(fmt)
3733 This is the size of the sample data for one sample. If the image is
3734 color-mapped it is the size of one color-map entry (and image pixels are
3735 one byte in size), otherwise it is the size of one image pixel.
3736
3737 PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE(fmt)
3738 The size of the color-map required by the format; this is the size of the
3739 color-map buffer passed to the png_image_{read,write}_colormap APIs, it is
3740 a fixed number determined by the format so can easily be allocated on the
3741 stack if necessary.
3742
3743#define PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(fmt)\
3744 (PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt) * 256)
3745 /* The maximum size of the color-map required by the format expressed in a
3746 * count of components. This can be used to compile-time allocate a
3747 * color-map:
3748 *
3749 * png_uint_16 colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(linear_fmt)];
3750 *
3751 * png_byte colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(sRGB_fmt)];
3752 *
3753 * Alternatively use the PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE macro below to use the
3754 * information from one of the png_image_begin_read_ APIs and dynamically
3755 * allocate the required memory.
3756 */
3757
3758
3759Corresponding information about the pixels
3760
3761 PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(test,fmt)
3762
3763 PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_CHANNELS(fmt)
3764 The number of separate channels (components) in a pixel; 1 for a
3765 color-mapped image.
3766
3767 PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)\
3768 The size, in bytes, of each component in a pixel; 1 for a color-mapped
3769 image.
John Bowler6f237b62012-03-02 13:13:15 -06003770
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003771 PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_SIZE(fmt)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003772 The size, in bytes, of a complete pixel; 1 for a color-mapped image.
3773
3774Information about the whole row, or whole image
3775
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003776 PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003777 Returns the total number of components in a single row of the image; this
3778 is the minimum 'row stride', the minimum count of components between each
3779 row. For a color-mapped image this is the minimum number of bytes in a
3780 row.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003781
3782 PNG_IMAGE_BUFFER_SIZE(image, row_stride)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003783 Returns the size, in bytes, of an image buffer given a png_image and a row
3784 stride - the number of components to leave space for in each row.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003785
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003786 PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB == 0x01
3787 This indicates the the RGB values of the in-memory bitmap do not
3788 correspond to the red, green and blue end-points defined by sRGB.
John Bowler6f237b62012-03-02 13:13:15 -06003789
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003790 PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORMAP == 0x02
3791 The PNG is color-mapped. If this flag is set png_image_read_colormap
3792 can be used without further loss of image information. If it is not set
3793 png_image_read_colormap will cause significant loss if the image has any
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003794
3795READ APIs
3796
3797 The png_image passed to the read APIs must have been initialized by setting
3798 the png_controlp field 'opaque' to NULL (or, better, memset the whole thing.)
3799
3800 int png_image_begin_read_from_file( png_imagep image,
3801 const char *file_name)
3802
3803 The named file is opened for read and the image header
3804 is filled in from the PNG header in the file.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003805
3806 int png_image_begin_read_from_stdio (png_imagep image,
3807 FILE* file)
3808
3809 The PNG header is read from the stdio FILE object.
3810
3811 int png_image_begin_read_from_memory(png_imagep image,
3812 png_const_voidp memory, png_size_t size)
3813
3814 The PNG header is read from the given memory buffer.
3815
3816 int png_image_finish_read(png_imagep image,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003817 png_colorp background, void *buffer,
3818 png_int_32 row_stride, void *colormap));
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003819
3820 Finish reading the image into the supplied buffer and
3821 clean up the png_image structure.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003822
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003823 row_stride is the step, in png_byte or png_uint_16 units
3824 as appropriate, between adjacent rows. A positive stride
3825 indicates that the top-most row is first in the buffer -
3826 the normal top-down arrangement. A negative stride
3827 indicates that the bottom-most row is first in the buffer.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003828
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003829 background need only be supplied if an alpha channel must
3830 be removed from a png_byte format and the removal is to be
3831 done by compositing on a solid color; otherwise it may be
3832 NULL and any composition will be done directly onto the
3833 buffer. The value is an sRGB color to use for the
3834 background, for grayscale output the green channel is used.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003835
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003836 For linear output removing the alpha channel is always done
3837 by compositing on black.
3838
3839 void png_image_free(png_imagep image)
3840
3841 Free any data allocated by libpng in image->opaque,
3842 setting the pointer to NULL. May be called at any time
3843 after the structure is initialized.
3844
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003845When the simplified API needs to convert between sRGB and linear colorspaces,
3846the actual sRGB transfer curve defined in the sRGB specification (see the
3847article at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB) is used, not the gamma=1/2.2
3848approximation used elsewhere in libpng.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003849
3850WRITE APIS
3851
3852For write you must initialize a png_image structure to describe the image to
3853be written:
3854
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003855 version: must be set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003856 opaque: must be initialized to NULL
3857 width: image width in pixels
3858 height: image height in rows
3859 format: the format of the data you wish to write
3860 flags: set to 0 unless one of the defined flags applies; set
3861 PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB for color format images
3862 where the RGB values do not correspond to the colors in sRGB.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003863 colormap_entries: set to the number of entries in the color-map (0 to 256)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003864
3865 int png_image_write_to_file, (png_imagep image,
3866 const char *file, int convert_to_8bit, const void *buffer,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003867 png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap));
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003868
3869 Write the image to the named file.
3870
3871 int png_image_write_to_stdio(png_imagep image, FILE *file,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003872 int convert_to_8_bit, const void *buffer,
3873 png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06003874
3875 Write the image to the given (FILE*).
3876
3877With all write APIs if image is in one of the linear formats with
3878(png_uint_16) data then setting convert_to_8_bit will cause the output to be
3879a (png_byte) PNG gamma encoded according to the sRGB specification, otherwise
3880a 16-bit linear encoded PNG file is written.
3881
3882With all APIs row_stride is handled as in the read APIs - it is the spacing
3883from one row to the next in component sized units (float) and if negative
3884indicates a bottom-up row layout in the buffer.
3885
3886Note that the write API does not support interlacing, sub-8-bit pixels,
3887and indexed (paletted) images.
3888
3889VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003890
3891There are two issues here. The first is changing how libpng does
3892standard things like memory allocation, input/output, and error handling.
3893The second deals with more complicated things like adding new chunks,
3894adding new transformations, and generally changing how libpng works.
3895Both of those are compile-time issues; that is, they are generally
3896determined at the time the code is written, and there is rarely a need
3897to provide the user with a means of changing them.
3898
3899Memory allocation, input/output, and error handling
3900
3901All of the memory allocation, input/output, and error handling in libpng
3902goes through callbacks that are user-settable. The default routines are
3903in pngmem.c, pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, respectively. To change
3904these functions, call the appropriate png_set_*_fn() function.
3905
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06003906Memory allocation is done through the functions png_malloc(), png_calloc(),
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06003907and png_free(). The png_malloc() and png_free() functions currently just
3908call the standard C functions and png_calloc() calls png_malloc() and then
3909clears the newly allocated memory to zero; note that png_calloc(png_ptr, size)
3910is not the same as the calloc(number, size) function provided by stdlib.h.
3911There is limited support for certain systems with segmented memory
3912architectures and the types of pointers declared by png.h match this; you
3913will have to use appropriate pointers in your application. Since it is
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06003914unlikely that the method of handling memory allocation on a platform
3915will change between applications, these functions must be modified in
3916the library at compile time. If you prefer to use a different method
3917of allocating and freeing data, you can use png_create_read_struct_2() or
3918png_create_write_struct_2() to register your own functions as described
3919above. These functions also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved
3920via
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003921
3922 mem_ptr=png_get_mem_ptr(png_ptr);
3923
3924Your replacement memory functions must have prototypes as follows:
3925
3926 png_voidp malloc_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -06003927 png_alloc_size_t size);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003928
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003929 void free_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr);
3930
3931Your malloc_fn() must return NULL in case of failure. The png_malloc()
3932function will normally call png_error() if it receives a NULL from the
3933system memory allocator or from your replacement malloc_fn().
3934
3935Your free_fn() will never be called with a NULL ptr, since libpng's
3936png_free() checks for NULL before calling free_fn().
3937
3938Input/Output in libpng is done through png_read() and png_write(),
3939which currently just call fread() and fwrite(). The FILE * is stored in
3940png_struct and is initialized via png_init_io(). If you wish to change
3941the method of I/O, the library supplies callbacks that you can set
3942through the function png_set_read_fn() and png_set_write_fn() at run
3943time, instead of calling the png_init_io() function. These functions
3944also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved via the function
3945png_get_io_ptr(). For example:
3946
3947 png_set_read_fn(png_structp read_ptr,
3948 voidp read_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr read_data_fn)
3949
3950 png_set_write_fn(png_structp write_ptr,
3951 voidp write_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr write_data_fn,
3952 png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn);
3953
3954 voidp read_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(read_ptr);
3955 voidp write_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(write_ptr);
3956
3957The replacement I/O functions must have prototypes as follows:
3958
3959 void user_read_data(png_structp png_ptr,
3960 png_bytep data, png_size_t length);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003961
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003962 void user_write_data(png_structp png_ptr,
3963 png_bytep data, png_size_t length);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06003964
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003965 void user_flush_data(png_structp png_ptr);
3966
3967The user_read_data() function is responsible for detecting and
3968handling end-of-data errors.
3969
3970Supplying NULL for the read, write, or flush functions sets them back
3971to using the default C stream functions, which expect the io_ptr to
3972point to a standard *FILE structure. It is probably a mistake
3973to use NULL for one of write_data_fn and output_flush_fn but not both
3974of them, unless you have built libpng with PNG_NO_WRITE_FLUSH defined.
3975It is an error to read from a write stream, and vice versa.
3976
3977Error handling in libpng is done through png_error() and png_warning().
3978Errors handled through png_error() are fatal, meaning that png_error()
3979should never return to its caller. Currently, this is handled via
3980setjmp() and longjmp() (unless you have compiled libpng with
Glenn Randers-Pehrson54ac9a92010-04-02 17:06:22 -05003981PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case it is handled via PNG_ABORT()),
Glenn Randers-Pehrson60988072010-04-13 22:11:06 -05003982but you could change this to do things like exit() if you should wish,
Glenn Randers-Pehrson54ac9a92010-04-02 17:06:22 -05003983as long as your function does not return.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05003984
3985On non-fatal errors, png_warning() is called
3986to print a warning message, and then control returns to the calling code.
3987By default png_error() and png_warning() print a message on stderr via
3988fprintf() unless the library is compiled with PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO defined
3989(because you don't want the messages) or PNG_NO_STDIO defined (because
3990fprintf() isn't available). If you wish to change the behavior of the error
3991functions, you will need to set up your own message callbacks. These
3992functions are normally supplied at the time that the png_struct is created.
3993It is also possible to redirect errors and warnings to your own replacement
3994functions after png_create_*_struct() has been called by calling:
3995
3996 png_set_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
3997 png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn,
3998 png_error_ptr warning_fn);
3999
4000 png_voidp error_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr);
4001
4002If NULL is supplied for either error_fn or warning_fn, then the libpng
4003default function will be used, calling fprintf() and/or longjmp() if a
4004problem is encountered. The replacement error functions should have
4005parameters as follows:
4006
4007 void user_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
4008 png_const_charp error_msg);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004009
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004010 void user_warning_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
4011 png_const_charp warning_msg);
4012
4013The motivation behind using setjmp() and longjmp() is the C++ throw and
4014catch exception handling methods. This makes the code much easier to write,
4015as there is no need to check every return code of every function call.
4016However, there are some uncertainties about the status of local variables
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06004017after a longjmp, so the user may want to be careful about doing anything
4018after setjmp returns non-zero besides returning itself. Consult your
4019compiler documentation for more details. For an alternative approach, you
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004020may wish to use the "cexcept" facility (see http://cexcept.sourceforge.net),
4021which is illustrated in pngvalid.c and in contrib/visupng.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004022
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004023Beginning in libpng-1.4.0, the png_set_benign_errors() API became available.
4024You can use this to handle certain errors (normally handled as errors)
4025as warnings.
4026
4027 png_set_benign_errors (png_ptr, int allowed);
4028
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond5dd93f2013-07-02 09:20:36 -05004029 allowed: 0: treat png_benign_error() as an error.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004030 1: treat png_benign_error() as a warning.
4031
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond5dd93f2013-07-02 09:20:36 -05004032As of libpng-1.6.0, the default condition is to treat benign errors as
4033warnings while reading and as errors while writing.
4034
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004035Custom chunks
4036
4037If you need to read or write custom chunks, you may need to get deeper
4038into the libpng code. The library now has mechanisms for storing
4039and writing chunks of unknown type; you can even declare callbacks
4040for custom chunks. However, this may not be good enough if the
4041library code itself needs to know about interactions between your
4042chunk and existing `intrinsic' chunks.
4043
4044If you need to write a new intrinsic chunk, first read the PNG
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06004045specification. Acquire a first level of understanding of how it works.
4046Pay particular attention to the sections that describe chunk names,
4047and look at how other chunks were designed, so you can do things
4048similarly. Second, check out the sections of libpng that read and
4049write chunks. Try to find a chunk that is similar to yours and use
4050it as a template. More details can be found in the comments inside
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004051the code. It is best to handle private or unknown chunks in a generic method,
4052via callback functions, instead of by modifying libpng functions. This
4053is illustrated in pngtest.c, which uses a callback function to handle a
4054private "vpAg" chunk and the new "sTER" chunk, which are both unknown to
4055libpng.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004056
4057If you wish to write your own transformation for the data, look through
4058the part of the code that does the transformations, and check out some of
4059the simpler ones to get an idea of how they work. Try to find a similar
4060transformation to the one you want to add and copy off of it. More details
4061can be found in the comments inside the code itself.
4062
Glenn Randers-Pehrson593fc042011-05-12 22:18:23 -05004063Configuring for 16-bit platforms
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004064
4065You will want to look into zconf.h to tell zlib (and thus libpng) that
4066it cannot allocate more then 64K at a time. Even if you can, the memory
4067won't be accessible. So limit zlib and libpng to 64K by defining MAXSEG_64K.
4068
4069Configuring for DOS
4070
4071For DOS users who only have access to the lower 640K, you will
4072have to limit zlib's memory usage via a png_set_compression_mem_level()
4073call. See zlib.h or zconf.h in the zlib library for more information.
4074
4075Configuring for Medium Model
4076
4077Libpng's support for medium model has been tested on most of the popular
4078compilers. Make sure MAXSEG_64K gets defined, USE_FAR_KEYWORD gets
4079defined, and FAR gets defined to far in pngconf.h, and you should be
4080all set. Everything in the library (except for zlib's structure) is
4081expecting far data. You must use the typedefs with the p or pp on
4082the end for pointers (or at least look at them and be careful). Make
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05004083note that the rows of data are defined as png_bytepp, which is
4084an "unsigned char far * far *".
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004085
4086Configuring for gui/windowing platforms:
4087
4088You will need to write new error and warning functions that use the GUI
4089interface, as described previously, and set them to be the error and
4090warning functions at the time that png_create_*_struct() is called,
4091in order to have them available during the structure initialization.
4092They can be changed later via png_set_error_fn(). On some compilers,
4093you may also have to change the memory allocators (png_malloc, etc.).
4094
4095Configuring for compiler xxx:
4096
4097All includes for libpng are in pngconf.h. If you need to add, change
4098or delete an include, this is the place to do it.
4099The includes that are not needed outside libpng are placed in pngpriv.h,
4100which is only used by the routines inside libpng itself.
4101The files in libpng proper only include pngpriv.h and png.h, which
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05004102in turn includes pngconf.h and, as of libpng-1.5.0, pnglibconf.h.
4103As of libpng-1.5.0, pngpriv.h also includes three other private header
4104files, pngstruct.h, pnginfo.h, and pngdebug.h, which contain material
4105that previously appeared in the public headers.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004106
4107Configuring zlib:
4108
4109There are special functions to configure the compression. Perhaps the
4110most useful one changes the compression level, which currently uses
4111input compression values in the range 0 - 9. The library normally
4112uses the default compression level (Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = 6). Tests
4113have shown that for a large majority of images, compression values in
4114the range 3-6 compress nearly as well as higher levels, and do so much
4115faster. For online applications it may be desirable to have maximum speed
4116(Z_BEST_SPEED = 1). With versions of zlib after v0.99, you can also
4117specify no compression (Z_NO_COMPRESSION = 0), but this would create
4118files larger than just storing the raw bitmap. You can specify the
4119compression level by calling:
4120
Glenn Randers-Pehrson38734ee2011-03-03 06:23:31 -06004121 #include zlib.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004122 png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, level);
4123
4124Another useful one is to reduce the memory level used by the library.
4125The memory level defaults to 8, but it can be lowered if you are
4126short on memory (running DOS, for example, where you only have 640K).
4127Note that the memory level does have an effect on compression; among
4128other things, lower levels will result in sections of incompressible
4129data being emitted in smaller stored blocks, with a correspondingly
4130larger relative overhead of up to 15% in the worst case.
4131
Glenn Randers-Pehrson38734ee2011-03-03 06:23:31 -06004132 #include zlib.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004133 png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);
4134
4135The other functions are for configuring zlib. They are not recommended
4136for normal use and may result in writing an invalid PNG file. See
4137zlib.h for more information on what these mean.
4138
Glenn Randers-Pehrson38734ee2011-03-03 06:23:31 -06004139 #include zlib.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004140 png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
4141 strategy);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004142
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004143 png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
4144 window_bits);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004145
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004146 png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05004147
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004148 png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, size);
4149
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05004150As of libpng version 1.5.4, additional APIs became
4151available to set these separately for non-IDAT
4152compressed chunks such as zTXt, iTXt, and iCCP:
4153
4154 #include zlib.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004155 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7a287242011-07-26 12:03:11 -05004156 png_set_text_compression_level(png_ptr, level);
4157
4158 png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);
4159
4160 png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
4161 strategy);
4162
4163 png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
4164 window_bits);
4165
4166 png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
4167 #endif
4168
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004169Controlling row filtering
4170
4171If you want to control whether libpng uses filtering or not, which
4172filters are used, and how it goes about picking row filters, you
4173can call one of these functions. The selection and configuration
4174of row filters can have a significant impact on the size and
4175encoding speed and a somewhat lesser impact on the decoding speed
4176of an image. Filtering is enabled by default for RGB and grayscale
4177images (with and without alpha), but not for paletted images nor
4178for any images with bit depths less than 8 bits/pixel.
4179
4180The 'method' parameter sets the main filtering method, which is
4181currently only '0' in the PNG 1.2 specification. The 'filters'
4182parameter sets which filter(s), if any, should be used for each
4183scanline. Possible values are PNG_ALL_FILTERS and PNG_NO_FILTERS
4184to turn filtering on and off, respectively.
4185
4186Individual filter types are PNG_FILTER_NONE, PNG_FILTER_SUB,
4187PNG_FILTER_UP, PNG_FILTER_AVG, PNG_FILTER_PAETH, which can be bitwise
4188ORed together with '|' to specify one or more filters to use.
4189These filters are described in more detail in the PNG specification.
4190If you intend to change the filter type during the course of writing
4191the image, you should start with flags set for all of the filters
4192you intend to use so that libpng can initialize its internal
4193structures appropriately for all of the filter types. (Note that this
4194means the first row must always be adaptively filtered, because libpng
4195currently does not allocate the filter buffers until png_write_row()
4196is called for the first time.)
4197
4198 filters = PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB
4199 PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_AVG |
4200 PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_ALL_FILTERS;
4201
4202 png_set_filter(png_ptr, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE,
4203 filters);
4204 The second parameter can also be
4205 PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if you are
4206 writing a PNG to be embedded in a MNG
4207 datastream. This parameter must be the
4208 same as the value of filter_method used
4209 in png_set_IHDR().
4210
4211It is also possible to influence how libpng chooses from among the
4212available filters. This is done in one or both of two ways - by
4213telling it how important it is to keep the same filter for successive
4214rows, and by telling it the relative computational costs of the filters.
4215
4216 double weights[3] = {1.5, 1.3, 1.1},
4217 costs[PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST] =
4218 {1.0, 1.3, 1.3, 1.5, 1.7};
4219
4220 png_set_filter_heuristics(png_ptr,
4221 PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_WEIGHTED, 3,
4222 weights, costs);
4223
4224The weights are multiplying factors that indicate to libpng that the
4225row filter should be the same for successive rows unless another row filter
4226is that many times better than the previous filter. In the above example,
4227if the previous 3 filters were SUB, SUB, NONE, the SUB filter could have a
4228"sum of absolute differences" 1.5 x 1.3 times higher than other filters
4229and still be chosen, while the NONE filter could have a sum 1.1 times
4230higher than other filters and still be chosen. Unspecified weights are
4231taken to be 1.0, and the specified weights should probably be declining
4232like those above in order to emphasize recent filters over older filters.
4233
4234The filter costs specify for each filter type a relative decoding cost
4235to be considered when selecting row filters. This means that filters
4236with higher costs are less likely to be chosen over filters with lower
4237costs, unless their "sum of absolute differences" is that much smaller.
4238The costs do not necessarily reflect the exact computational speeds of
4239the various filters, since this would unduly influence the final image
4240size.
4241
4242Note that the numbers above were invented purely for this example and
4243are given only to help explain the function usage. Little testing has
4244been done to find optimum values for either the costs or the weights.
4245
4246Removing unwanted object code
4247
4248There are a bunch of #define's in pngconf.h that control what parts of
4249libpng are compiled. All the defines end in _SUPPORTED. If you are
4250never going to use a capability, you can change the #define to #undef
4251before recompiling libpng and save yourself code and data space, or
4252you can turn off individual capabilities with defines that begin with
4253PNG_NO_.
4254
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004255In libpng-1.5.0 and later, the #define's are in pnglibconf.h instead.
4256
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004257You can also turn all of the transforms and ancillary chunk capabilities
4258off en masse with compiler directives that define
4259PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS, or PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS,
4260or all four,
4261along with directives to turn on any of the capabilities that you do
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06004262want. The PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS directives disable the extra
4263transformations but still leave the library fully capable of reading
4264and writing PNG files with all known public chunks. Use of the
4265PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS directive produces a library
4266that is incapable of reading or writing ancillary chunks. If you are
4267not using the progressive reading capability, you can turn that off
4268with PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ (don't confuse this with the INTERLACING
4269capability, which you'll still have).
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004270
4271All the reading and writing specific code are in separate files, so the
4272linker should only grab the files it needs. However, if you want to
4273make sure, or if you are building a stand alone library, all the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004274reading files start with "pngr" and all the writing files start with "pngw".
4275The files that don't match either (like png.c, pngtrans.c, etc.)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004276are used for both reading and writing, and always need to be included.
4277The progressive reader is in pngpread.c
4278
4279If you are creating or distributing a dynamically linked library (a .so
4280or DLL file), you should not remove or disable any parts of the library,
4281as this will cause applications linked with different versions of the
4282library to fail if they call functions not available in your library.
4283The size of the library itself should not be an issue, because only
4284those sections that are actually used will be loaded into memory.
4285
4286Requesting debug printout
4287
4288The macro definition PNG_DEBUG can be used to request debugging
4289printout. Set it to an integer value in the range 0 to 3. Higher
4290numbers result in increasing amounts of debugging information. The
4291information is printed to the "stderr" file, unless another file
4292name is specified in the PNG_DEBUG_FILE macro definition.
4293
4294When PNG_DEBUG > 0, the following functions (macros) become available:
4295
4296 png_debug(level, message)
4297 png_debug1(level, message, p1)
4298 png_debug2(level, message, p1, p2)
4299
4300in which "level" is compared to PNG_DEBUG to decide whether to print
4301the message, "message" is the formatted string to be printed,
4302and p1 and p2 are parameters that are to be embedded in the string
4303according to printf-style formatting directives. For example,
4304
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonbbc29a82013-06-18 12:55:37 -05004305 png_debug1(2, "foo=%d", foo);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004306
4307is expanded to
4308
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004309 if (PNG_DEBUG > 2)
4310 fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE, "foo=%d\n", foo);
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004311
4312When PNG_DEBUG is defined but is zero, the macros aren't defined, but you
4313can still use PNG_DEBUG to control your own debugging:
4314
4315 #ifdef PNG_DEBUG
4316 fprintf(stderr, ...
4317 #endif
4318
4319When PNG_DEBUG = 1, the macros are defined, but only png_debug statements
4320having level = 0 will be printed. There aren't any such statements in
4321this version of libpng, but if you insert some they will be printed.
4322
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004323Prepending a prefix to exported symbols
4324
4325Starting with libpng-1.6.0, you can configure libpng (when using the
4326"configure" script) to prefix all exported symbols by means of the
4327configuration option "--with-libpng-prefix=FOO_", where FOO_ can be any
4328string beginning with a letter and containing only uppercase
4329and lowercase letters, digits, and the underscore (i.e., a C language
4330identifier). This creates a set of macros in pnglibconf.h, so this is
4331transparent to applications; their function calls get transformed by
4332the macros to use the modified names.
4333
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004334VII. MNG support
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004335
4336The MNG specification (available at http://www.libpng.org/pub/mng) allows
4337certain extensions to PNG for PNG images that are embedded in MNG datastreams.
4338Libpng can support some of these extensions. To enable them, use the
4339png_permit_mng_features() function:
4340
4341 feature_set = png_permit_mng_features(png_ptr, mask)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004342
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004343 mask is a png_uint_32 containing the bitwise OR of the
4344 features you want to enable. These include
4345 PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE
4346 PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64
4347 PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004348
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004349 feature_set is a png_uint_32 that is the bitwise AND of
4350 your mask with the set of MNG features that is
4351 supported by the version of libpng that you are using.
4352
4353It is an error to use this function when reading or writing a standalone
4354PNG file with the PNG 8-byte signature. The PNG datastream must be wrapped
4355in a MNG datastream. As a minimum, it must have the MNG 8-byte signature
4356and the MHDR and MEND chunks. Libpng does not provide support for these
4357or any other MNG chunks; your application must provide its own support for
4358them. You may wish to consider using libmng (available at
4359http://www.libmng.com) instead.
4360
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004361VIII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004362
4363It should be noted that versions of libpng later than 0.96 are not
4364distributed by the original libpng author, Guy Schalnat, nor by
4365Andreas Dilger, who had taken over from Guy during 1996 and 1997, and
4366distributed versions 0.89 through 0.96, but rather by another member
4367of the original PNG Group, Glenn Randers-Pehrson. Guy and Andreas are
4368still alive and well, but they have moved on to other things.
4369
4370The old libpng functions png_read_init(), png_write_init(),
4371png_info_init(), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() have been
4372moved to PNG_INTERNAL in version 0.95 to discourage their use. These
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004373functions will be removed from libpng version 1.4.0.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004374
4375The preferred method of creating and initializing the libpng structures is
4376via the png_create_read_struct(), png_create_write_struct(), and
4377png_create_info_struct() because they isolate the size of the structures
4378from the application, allow version error checking, and also allow the
4379use of custom error handling routines during the initialization, which
4380the old functions do not. The functions png_read_destroy() and
4381png_write_destroy() do not actually free the memory that libpng
4382allocated for these structs, but just reset the data structures, so they
4383can be used instead of png_destroy_read_struct() and
4384png_destroy_write_struct() if you feel there is too much system overhead
4385allocating and freeing the png_struct for each image read.
4386
4387Setting the error callbacks via png_set_message_fn() before
4388png_read_init() as was suggested in libpng-0.88 is no longer supported
4389because this caused applications that do not use custom error functions
4390to fail if the png_ptr was not initialized to zero. It is still possible
4391to set the error callbacks AFTER png_read_init(), or to change them with
4392png_set_error_fn(), which is essentially the same function, but with a new
4393name to force compilation errors with applications that try to use the old
4394method.
4395
4396Starting with version 1.0.7, you can find out which version of the library
4397you are using at run-time:
4398
4399 png_uint_32 libpng_vn = png_access_version_number();
4400
4401The number libpng_vn is constructed from the major version, minor
4402version with leading zero, and release number with leading zero,
4403(e.g., libpng_vn for version 1.0.7 is 10007).
4404
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -05004405Note that this function does not take a png_ptr, so you can call it
4406before you've created one.
4407
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004408You can also check which version of png.h you used when compiling your
4409application:
4410
4411 png_uint_32 application_vn = PNG_LIBPNG_VER;
4412
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004413IX. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004414
4415Support for user memory management was enabled by default. To
4416accomplish this, the functions png_create_read_struct_2(),
4417png_create_write_struct_2(), png_set_mem_fn(), png_get_mem_ptr(),
4418png_malloc_default(), and png_free_default() were added.
4419
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond6ea40a2009-11-02 07:32:00 -06004420Support for the iTXt chunk has been enabled by default as of
4421version 1.2.41.
4422
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004423Support for certain MNG features was enabled.
4424
4425Support for numbered error messages was added. However, we never got
4426around to actually numbering the error messages. The function
4427png_set_strip_error_numbers() was added (Note: the prototype for this
4428function was inadvertently removed from png.h in PNG_NO_ASSEMBLER_CODE
4429builds of libpng-1.2.15. It was restored in libpng-1.2.36).
4430
4431The png_malloc_warn() function was added at libpng-1.2.3. This issues
4432a png_warning and returns NULL instead of aborting when it fails to
4433acquire the requested memory allocation.
4434
4435Support for setting user limits on image width and height was enabled
4436by default. The functions png_set_user_limits(), png_get_user_width_max(),
4437and png_get_user_height_max() were added at libpng-1.2.6.
4438
4439The png_set_add_alpha() function was added at libpng-1.2.7.
4440
4441The function png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was added at libpng-1.2.9.
4442Unlike png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8(), the new function does not expand the
4443tRNS chunk to alpha. The png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() function is
4444deprecated.
4445
4446A number of macro definitions in support of runtime selection of
4447assembler code features (especially Intel MMX code support) were
4448added at libpng-1.2.0:
4449
4450 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_COMPILED
4451 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_IN_CPU
4452 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_COMBINE_ROW
4453 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_INTERLACE
4454 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_SUB
4455 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_UP
4456 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_AVG
4457 PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_PAETH
4458 PNG_ASM_FLAGS_INITIALIZED
4459 PNG_MMX_READ_FLAGS
4460 PNG_MMX_FLAGS
4461 PNG_MMX_WRITE_FLAGS
4462 PNG_MMX_FLAGS
4463
4464We added the following functions in support of runtime
4465selection of assembler code features:
4466
4467 png_get_mmx_flagmask()
4468 png_set_mmx_thresholds()
4469 png_get_asm_flags()
4470 png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold()
4471 png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold()
4472 png_set_asm_flags()
4473
4474We replaced all of these functions with simple stubs in libpng-1.2.20,
4475when the Intel assembler code was removed due to a licensing issue.
4476
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3d893a02009-08-31 13:32:46 -05004477These macros are deprecated:
4478
4479 PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
4480 PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_NOT_SUPPORTED
4481 PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED
4482 PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
4483 PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED
4484 PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED
4485
4486They have been replaced, respectively, by:
4487
4488 PNG_NO_READ_TRANSFORMS
4489 PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ
4490 PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ
4491 PNG_NO_WRITE_TRANSFORMS
4492 PNG_NO_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
4493 PNG_NO_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
4494
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004495PNG_MAX_UINT was replaced with PNG_UINT_31_MAX. It has been
4496deprecated since libpng-1.0.16 and libpng-1.2.6.
4497
4498The function
4499 png_check_sig(sig, num)
4500was replaced with
4501 !png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, num)
4502It has been deprecated since libpng-0.90.
4503
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004504The function
4505 png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
4506which also expands tRNS to alpha was replaced with
4507 png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
4508which does not. It has been deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -06004509
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004510X. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond740c842009-11-04 19:01:54 -06004511
4512Private libpng prototypes and macro definitions were moved from
4513png.h and pngconf.h into a new pngpriv.h header file.
4514
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004515Functions png_set_benign_errors(), png_benign_error(), and
4516png_chunk_benign_error() were added.
4517
4518Support for setting the maximum amount of memory that the application
4519will allocate for reading chunks was added, as a security measure.
4520The functions png_set_chunk_cache_max() and png_get_chunk_cache_max()
4521were added to the library.
4522
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06004523We implemented support for I/O states by adding png_ptr member io_state
4524and functions png_get_io_chunk_name() and png_get_io_state() in pngget.c
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004525
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4f25bf32009-10-29 23:34:44 -05004526We added PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB to the available high-level
4527input transforms.
4528
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4f25bf32009-10-29 23:34:44 -05004529Checking for and reporting of errors in the IHDR chunk is more thorough.
4530
Glenn Randers-Pehrson45af8192009-12-30 08:37:29 -06004531Support for global arrays was removed, to improve thread safety.
4532
4533Some obsolete/deprecated macros and functions have been removed.
4534
4535Typecasted NULL definitions such as
4536 #define png_voidp_NULL (png_voidp)NULL
4537were eliminated. If you used these in your application, just use
4538NULL instead.
4539
4540The png_struct and info_struct members "trans" and "trans_values" were
4541changed to "trans_alpha" and "trans_color", respectively.
4542
4543The obsolete, unused pnggccrd.c and pngvcrd.c files and related makefiles
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -06004544were removed.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson45af8192009-12-30 08:37:29 -06004545
4546The PNG_1_0_X and PNG_1_2_X macros were eliminated.
4547
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4f25bf32009-10-29 23:34:44 -05004548The PNG_LEGACY_SUPPORTED macro was eliminated.
4549
4550Many WIN32_WCE #ifdefs were removed.
4551
4552The functions png_read_init(info_ptr), png_write_init(info_ptr),
4553png_info_init(info_ptr), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy()
4554have been removed. They have been deprecated since libpng-0.95.
4555
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004556The png_permit_empty_plte() was removed. It has been deprecated
4557since libpng-1.0.9. Use png_permit_mng_features() instead.
4558
4559We removed the obsolete stub functions png_get_mmx_flagmask(),
4560png_set_mmx_thresholds(), png_get_asm_flags(),
4561png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold(), png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold(),
4562png_set_asm_flags(), and png_mmx_supported()
4563
Glenn Randers-Pehrson45af8192009-12-30 08:37:29 -06004564We removed the obsolete png_check_sig(), png_memcpy_check(), and
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -05004565png_memset_check() functions. Instead use !png_sig_cmp(), memcpy(),
4566and memset(), respectively.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004567
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -06004568The function png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was removed. It has been
4569deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9, when it was replaced with
4570png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() because the former function also
John Bowler63d059a2011-02-12 09:03:44 -06004571expanded any tRNS chunk to an alpha channel.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -06004572
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5b40b012010-11-25 07:16:29 -06004573Macros for png_get_uint_16, png_get_uint_32, and png_get_int_32
4574were added and are used by default instead of the corresponding
4575functions. Unfortunately,
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc36bb792011-02-12 09:49:07 -06004576from libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5b40b012010-11-25 07:16:29 -06004577function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.
4578
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004579We changed the prototype for png_malloc() from
4580 png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 size)
4581to
4582 png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_alloc_size_t size)
4583
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone3f3c4e2010-02-07 18:08:50 -06004584This also applies to the prototype for the user replacement malloc_fn().
4585
Glenn Randers-Pehrson45af8192009-12-30 08:37:29 -06004586The png_calloc() function was added and is used in place of
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2be8b642010-07-29 19:09:18 -05004587of "png_malloc(); memset();" except in the case in png_read_png()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson45af8192009-12-30 08:37:29 -06004588where the array consists of pointers; in this case a "for" loop is used
4589after the png_malloc() to set the pointers to NULL, to give robust.
4590behavior in case the application runs out of memory part-way through
4591the process.
4592
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004593We changed the prototypes of png_get_compression_buffer_size() and
4594png_set_compression_buffer_size() to work with png_size_t instead of
4595png_uint_32.
4596
Glenn Randers-Pehrson45af8192009-12-30 08:37:29 -06004597Support for numbered error messages was removed by default, since we
4598never got around to actually numbering the error messages. The function
4599png_set_strip_error_numbers() was removed from the library by default.
4600
4601The png_zalloc() and png_zfree() functions are no longer exported.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004602The png_zalloc() function no longer zeroes out the memory that it
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004603allocates. Applications that called png_zalloc(png_ptr, number, size)
4604can call png_calloc(png_ptr, number*size) instead, and can call
4605png_free() instead of png_zfree().
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004606
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05004607Support for dithering was disabled by default in libpng-1.4.0, because
Glenn Randers-Pehrson9f1cd702011-04-16 19:40:23 -05004608it has not been well tested and doesn't actually "dither".
4609The code was not
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05004610removed, however, and could be enabled by building libpng with
4611PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED defined. In libpng-1.4.2, this support
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4dcbf242013-08-06 17:20:06 -05004612was re-enabled, but the function was renamed png_set_quantize() to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson3cd7cff2010-04-16 19:27:08 -05004613reflect more accurately what it actually does. At the same time,
4614the PNG_DITHER_[RED,GREEN_BLUE]_BITS macros were also renamed to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004615PNG_QUANTIZE_[RED,GREEN,BLUE]_BITS, and PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED
4616was renamed to PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson60988072010-04-13 22:11:06 -05004617
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05004618We removed the trailing '.' from the warning and error messages.
4619
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004620XI. Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5b40b012010-11-25 07:16:29 -06004621
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc36bb792011-02-12 09:49:07 -06004622From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5b40b012010-11-25 07:16:29 -06004623function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.
4624
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonb6f0a642013-12-11 22:49:52 -06004625Checking for invalid palette index on write was added at libpng
46261.5.10. If a pixel contains an invalid (out-of-range) index libpng issues
4627a benign error. This is enabled by default because this condition is an
4628error according to the PNG specification, Clause 11.3.2, but the error can
4629be ignored in each png_ptr with
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004630
4631 png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_ptr, allowed);
4632
4633 allowed - one of
4634 0: disable benign error (accept the
4635 invalid data without warning).
4636 1: enable benign error (treat the
4637 invalid data as an error or a
4638 warning).
4639
4640If the error is ignored, or if png_benign_error() treats it as a warning,
4641any invalid pixels are decoded as opaque black by the decoder and written
4642as-is by the encoder.
4643
4644Retrieving the maximum palette index found was added at libpng-1.5.15.
4645This statement must appear after png_read_png() or png_read_image() while
4646reading, and after png_write_png() or png_write_image() while writing.
4647
4648 int max_palette = png_get_palette_max(png_ptr, info_ptr);
4649
4650This will return the maximum palette index found in the image, or "-1" if
4651the palette was not checked, or "0" if no palette was found. Note that this
4652does not account for any palette index used by ancillary chunks such as the
4653bKGD chunk; you must check those separately to determine the maximum
4654palette index actually used.
4655
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004656A. Changes that affect users of libpng
4657
4658There are no substantial API changes between the non-deprecated parts of
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004659the 1.4.5 API and the 1.5.0 API; however, the ability to directly access
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06004660members of the main libpng control structures, png_struct and png_info,
4661deprecated in earlier versions of libpng, has been completely removed from
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004662libpng 1.5.
4663
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06004664We no longer include zlib.h in png.h. The include statement has been moved
4665to pngstruct.h, where it is not accessible by applications. Applications that
4666need access to information in zlib.h will need to add the '#include "zlib.h"'
4667directive. It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
Glenn Randers-Pehrson00879b12011-01-15 19:25:34 -06004668the '"#include png.h"' directive.
4669
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004670The png_sprintf(), png_strcpy(), and png_strncpy() macros are no longer used
4671and were removed.
4672
4673We moved the png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memset(), and png_memcmp()
4674macros into a private header file (pngpriv.h) that is not accessible to
4675applications.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson00879b12011-01-15 19:25:34 -06004676
Glenn Randers-Pehrson9d23b402011-01-08 10:42:01 -06004677In png_get_iCCP, the type of "profile" was changed from png_charpp
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004678to png_bytepp, and in png_set_iCCP, from png_charp to png_const_bytep.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson9d23b402011-01-08 10:42:01 -06004679
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004680There are changes of form in png.h, including new and changed macros to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -05004681declare parts of the API. Some API functions with arguments that are
4682pointers to data not modified within the function have been corrected to
4683declare these arguments with PNG_CONST.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004684
4685Much of the internal use of C macros to control the library build has also
4686changed and some of this is visible in the exported header files, in
4687particular the use of macros to control data and API elements visible
4688during application compilation may require significant revision to
4689application code. (It is extremely rare for an application to do this.)
4690
4691Any program that compiled against libpng 1.4 and did not use deprecated
4692features or access internal library structures should compile and work
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond08b6bd2011-02-19 15:50:17 -06004693against libpng 1.5, except for the change in the prototype for
4694png_get_iCCP() and png_set_iCCP() API functions mentioned above.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004695
John Bowler660c6e42010-12-19 06:22:23 -06004696libpng 1.5.0 adds PNG_ PASS macros to help in the reading and writing of
4697interlaced images. The macros return the number of rows and columns in
4698each pass and information that can be used to de-interlace and (if
4699absolutely necessary) interlace an image.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004700
4701libpng 1.5.0 adds an API png_longjmp(png_ptr, value). This API calls
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond08b6bd2011-02-19 15:50:17 -06004702the application-provided png_longjmp_ptr on the internal, but application
Glenn Randers-Pehrson33ced442011-04-27 14:58:06 -05004703initialized, longjmp buffer. It is provided as a convenience to avoid
4704the need to use the png_jmpbuf macro, which had the unnecessary side
4705effect of resetting the internal png_longjmp_ptr value.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004706
4707libpng 1.5.0 includes a complete fixed point API. By default this is
4708present along with the corresponding floating point API. In general the
4709fixed point API is faster and smaller than the floating point one because
4710the PNG file format used fixed point, not floating point. This applies
4711even if the library uses floating point in internal calculations. A new
4712macro, PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED, reveals whether the library
4713uses floating point arithmetic (the default) or fixed point arithmetic
4714internally for performance critical calculations such as gamma correction.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson00879b12011-01-15 19:25:34 -06004715In some cases, the gamma calculations may produce slightly different
4716results. This has changed the results in png_rgb_to_gray and in alpha
4717composition (png_set_background for example). This applies even if the
4718original image was already linear (gamma == 1.0) and, therefore, it is
4719not necessary to linearize the image. This is because libpng has *not*
4720been changed to optimize that case correctly, yet.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004721
4722Fixed point support for the sCAL chunk comes with an important caveat;
4723the sCAL specification uses a decimal encoding of floating point values
4724and the accuracy of PNG fixed point values is insufficient for
4725representation of these values. Consequently a "string" API
4726(png_get_sCAL_s and png_set_sCAL_s) is the only reliable way of reading
4727arbitrary sCAL chunks in the absence of either the floating point API or
4728internal floating point calculations.
4729
4730Applications no longer need to include the optional distribution header
4731file pngusr.h or define the corresponding macros during application
4732build in order to see the correct variant of the libpng API. From 1.5.0
4733application code can check for the corresponding _SUPPORTED macro:
4734
4735#ifdef PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED
4736 /* code that uses the inch conversion APIs. */
4737#endif
4738
4739This macro will only be defined if the inch conversion functions have been
4740compiled into libpng. The full set of macros, and whether or not support
4741has been compiled in, are available in the header file pnglibconf.h.
4742This header file is specific to the libpng build. Notice that prior to
47431.5.0 the _SUPPORTED macros would always have the default definition unless
4744reset by pngusr.h or by explicit settings on the compiler command line.
4745These settings may produce compiler warnings or errors in 1.5.0 because
4746of macro redefinition.
4747
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonc36bb792011-02-12 09:49:07 -06004748From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004749function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32. libpng 1.5.0
4750is consistent with the implementation in 1.4.5 and 1.2.x (where the macro
4751did not exist.)
4752
4753Applications can now choose whether to use these macros or to call the
4754corresponding function by defining PNG_USE_READ_MACROS or
4755PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS before including png.h. Notice that this is
Glenn Randers-Pehrson52083f92013-08-17 15:44:37 -05004756only supported from 1.5.0; defining PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS prior to 1.5.0
Glenn Randers-Pehrson95ba4172011-09-08 12:21:42 -05004757will lead to a link failure.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson59fa3e92011-01-06 07:07:06 -06004758
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05004759Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the zlib compressor used the same set of parameters
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8eb88332011-04-01 00:16:50 -05004760when compressing the IDAT data and textual data such as zTXt and iCCP.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05004761In libpng-1.5.4 we reinitialized the zlib stream for each type of data.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8eb88332011-04-01 00:16:50 -05004762We added five png_set_text_*() functions for setting the parameters to
4763use with textual data.
4764
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05004765Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED
John Bowlerb2bee332011-06-10 23:24:58 -05004766option was off by default, and slightly inaccurate scaling occurred.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonfb29e512011-06-17 20:38:24 -05004767This option can no longer be turned off, and the choice of accurate
4768or inaccurate 16-to-8 scaling is by using the new png_set_scale_16_to_8()
4769API for accurate scaling or the old png_set_strip_16_to_8() API for simple
4770chopping.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0cb906d2011-06-11 14:22:22 -05004771
Glenn Randers-Pehrson733b1312011-06-15 13:21:01 -05004772Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the png_set_user_limits() function could only be
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0cb906d2011-06-11 14:22:22 -05004773used to reduce the width and height limits from the value of
4774PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX and PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX, although this document said
4775that it could be used to override them. Now this function will reduce or
4776increase the limits.
John Bowlerb2bee332011-06-10 23:24:58 -05004777
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004778Starting in libpng-1.5.10, the user limits can be set en masse with the
4779configuration option PNG_SAFE_LIMITS_SUPPORTED. If this option is enabled,
4780a set of "safe" limits is applied in pngpriv.h. These can be overridden by
4781application calls to png_set_user_limits(), png_set_user_chunk_cache_max(),
4782and/or png_set_user_malloc_max() that increase or decrease the limits. Also,
4783in libpng-1.5.10 the default width and height limits were increased
4784from 1,000,000 to 0x7ffffff (i.e., made unlimited). Therefore, the
4785limits are now
4786 default safe
4787 png_user_width_max 0x7fffffff 1,000,000
4788 png_user_height_max 0x7fffffff 1,000,000
4789 png_user_chunk_cache_max 0 (unlimited) 128
4790 png_user_chunk_malloc_max 0 (unlimited) 8,000,000
4791
Glenn Randers-Pehrson52083f92013-08-17 15:44:37 -05004792The png_set_option() function (and the "options" member of the png struct) was
4793added to libpng-1.5.15.
4794
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004795B. Changes to the build and configuration of libpng
4796
4797Details of internal changes to the library code can be found in the CHANGES
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004798file and in the GIT repository logs. These will be of no concern to the vast
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004799majority of library users or builders; however, the few who configure libpng
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004800to a non-default feature set may need to change how this is done.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004801
4802There should be no need for library builders to alter build scripts if
4803these use the distributed build support - configure or the makefiles -
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004804however, users of the makefiles may care to update their build scripts
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004805to build pnglibconf.h where the corresponding makefile does not do so.
4806
4807Building libpng with a non-default configuration has changed completely.
4808The old method using pngusr.h should still work correctly even though the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004809way pngusr.h is used in the build has been changed; however, library
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004810builders will probably want to examine the changes to take advantage of
4811new capabilities and to simplify their build system.
4812
4813B.1 Specific changes to library configuration capabilities
4814
4815The library now supports a complete fixed point implementation and can
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004816thus be used on systems that have no floating point support or very
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004817limited or slow support. Previously gamma correction, an essential part
4818of complete PNG support, required reasonably fast floating point.
4819
4820As part of this the choice of internal implementation has been made
4821independent of the choice of fixed versus floating point APIs and all the
4822missing fixed point APIs have been implemented.
4823
4824The exact mechanism used to control attributes of API functions has
4825changed. A single set of operating system independent macro definitions
4826is used and operating system specific directives are defined in
4827pnglibconf.h
4828
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004829As part of this the mechanism used to choose procedure call standards on
4830those systems that allow a choice has been changed. At present this only
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004831affects certain Microsoft (DOS, Windows) and IBM (OS/2) operating systems
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004832running on Intel processors. As before, PNGAPI is defined where required
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004833to control the exported API functions; however, two new macros, PNGCBAPI
4834and PNGCAPI, are used instead for callback functions (PNGCBAPI) and
4835(PNGCAPI) for functions that must match a C library prototype (currently
4836only png_longjmp_ptr, which must match the C longjmp function.) The new
4837approach is documented in pngconf.h
4838
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004839Despite these changes, libpng 1.5.0 only supports the native C function
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004840calling standard on those platforms tested so far (__cdecl on Microsoft
4841Windows). This is because the support requirements for alternative
4842calling conventions seem to no longer exist. Developers who find it
4843necessary to set PNG_API_RULE to 1 should advise the mailing list
4844(png-mng-implement) of this and library builders who use Openwatcom and
4845therefore set PNG_API_RULE to 2 should also contact the mailing list.
4846
4847A new test program, pngvalid, is provided in addition to pngtest.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004848pngvalid validates the arithmetic accuracy of the gamma correction
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004849calculations and includes a number of validations of the file format.
4850A subset of the full range of tests is run when "make check" is done
4851(in the 'configure' build.) pngvalid also allows total allocated memory
4852usage to be evaluated and performs additional memory overwrite validation.
4853
4854Many changes to individual feature macros have been made. The following
4855are the changes most likely to be noticed by library builders who
4856configure libpng:
4857
48581) All feature macros now have consistent naming:
4859
4860#define PNG_NO_feature turns the feature off
4861#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED turns the feature on
4862
4863pnglibconf.h contains one line for each feature macro which is either:
4864
4865#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
4866
4867if the feature is supported or:
4868
4869/*#undef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED*/
4870
4871if it is not. Library code consistently checks for the 'SUPPORTED' macro.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond0797f52011-07-12 10:28:02 -05004872It does not, and libpng applications should not, check for the 'NO' macro
4873which will not normally be defined even if the feature is not supported.
4874The 'NO' macros are only used internally for setting or not setting the
4875corresponding 'SUPPORTED' macros.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004876
4877Compatibility with the old names is provided as follows:
4878
4879PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS turns on PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED
4880
4881And the following definitions disable the corresponding feature:
4882
4883PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED disables SETJMP
4884PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_TRANSFORMS
4885PNG_NO_READ_COMPOSITED_NODIV disables READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV
4886PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_TRANSFORMS
4887PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
4888PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
4889
4890Library builders should remove use of the above, inconsistent, names.
4891
48922) Warning and error message formatting was previously conditional on
4893the STDIO feature. The library has been changed to use the
4894CONSOLE_IO feature instead. This means that if CONSOLE_IO is disabled
4895the library no longer uses the printf(3) functions, even though the
4896default read/write implementations use (FILE) style stdio.h functions.
4897
48983) Three feature macros now control the fixed/floating point decisions:
4899
4900PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the floating point APIs
4901
4902PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the fixed point APIs; however, in
4903practice these are normally required internally anyway (because the PNG
4904file format is fixed point), therefore in most cases PNG_NO_FIXED_POINT
4905merely stops the function from being exported.
4906
4907PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED chooses between the internal floating
4908point implementation or the fixed point one. Typically the fixed point
4909implementation is larger and slower than the floating point implementation
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004910on a system that supports floating point; however, it may be faster on a
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004911system which lacks floating point hardware and therefore uses a software
4912emulation.
4913
49144) Added PNG_{READ,WRITE}_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED. This allows the
4915functions to read and write ints to be disabled independently of
4916PNG_USE_READ_MACROS, which allows libpng to be built with the functions
4917even though the default is to use the macros - this allows applications
4918to choose at app buildtime whether or not to use macros (previously
4919impossible because the functions weren't in the default build.)
4920
4921B.2 Changes to the configuration mechanism
4922
4923Prior to libpng-1.5.0 library builders who needed to configure libpng
4924had either to modify the exported pngconf.h header file to add system
4925specific configuration or had to write feature selection macros into
4926pngusr.h and cause this to be included into pngconf.h by defining
4927PNG_USER_CONFIG. The latter mechanism had the disadvantage that an
4928application built without PNG_USER_CONFIG defined would see the
4929unmodified, default, libpng API and thus would probably fail to link.
4930
4931These mechanisms still work in the configure build and in any makefile
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004932build that builds pnglibconf.h, although the feature selection macros
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06004933have changed somewhat as described above. In 1.5.0, however, pngusr.h is
4934processed only once, when the exported header file pnglibconf.h is built.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004935pngconf.h no longer includes pngusr.h, therefore pngusr.h is ignored after the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004936build of pnglibconf.h and it is never included in an application build.
4937
4938The rarely used alternative of adding a list of feature macros to the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004939CFLAGS setting in the build also still works; however, the macros will be
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004940copied to pnglibconf.h and this may produce macro redefinition warnings
4941when the individual C files are compiled.
4942
4943All configuration now only works if pnglibconf.h is built from
4944scripts/pnglibconf.dfa. This requires the program awk. Brian Kernighan
4945(the original author of awk) maintains C source code of that awk and this
4946and all known later implementations (often called by subtly different
4947names - nawk and gawk for example) are adequate to build pnglibconf.h.
4948The Sun Microsystems (now Oracle) program 'awk' is an earlier version
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05004949and does not work; this may also apply to other systems that have a
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06004950functioning awk called 'nawk'.
4951
4952Configuration options are now documented in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa. This
4953file also includes dependency information that ensures a configuration is
4954consistent; that is, if a feature is switched off dependent features are
4955also removed. As a recommended alternative to using feature macros in
4956pngusr.h a system builder may also define equivalent options in pngusr.dfa
4957(or, indeed, any file) and add that to the configuration by setting
4958DFA_XTRA to the file name. The makefiles in contrib/pngminim illustrate
4959how to do this, and a case where pngusr.h is still required.
4960
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06004961XII. Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x
4962
4963A "simplified API" has been added (see documentation in png.h and a simple
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004964example in contrib/examples/pngtopng.c). The new publicly visible API
4965includes the following:
4966
4967 macros:
4968 PNG_FORMAT_*
4969 PNG_IMAGE_*
4970 structures:
4971 png_control
4972 png_image
4973 read functions
4974 png_image_begin_read_from_file()
4975 png_image_begin_read_from_stdio()
4976 png_image_begin_read_from_memory()
4977 png_image_finish_read()
4978 png_image_free()
4979 write functions
4980 png_image_write_to_file()
4981 png_image_write_to_stdio()
4982
4983Starting with libpng-1.6.0, you can configure libpng to prefix all exported
4984symbols, using the PNG_PREFIX macro.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5bffd6c2012-01-31 22:21:32 -06004985
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06004986We no longer include string.h in png.h. The include statement has been moved
4987to pngpriv.h, where it is not accessible by applications. Applications that
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49f9c242013-04-27 18:03:03 -05004988need access to information in string.h must add an '#include <string.h>'
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06004989directive. It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
Glenn Randers-Pehrson61946e02013-04-28 20:48:37 -05004990the '#include "png.h"' directive.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06004991
4992The following API are now DEPRECATED:
4993 png_info_init_3()
4994 png_convert_to_rfc1123() which has been replaced
4995 with png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004996 png_data_freer()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06004997 png_malloc_default()
4998 png_free_default()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06004999 png_reset_zstream()
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06005000
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005001The following have been removed:
Glenn Randers-Pehrson5a956a72011-12-22 14:23:37 -06005002 png_get_io_chunk_name(), which has been replaced
5003 with png_get_io_chunk_type(). The new
5004 function returns a 32-bit integer instead of
5005 a string.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005006 The png_sizeof(), png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memcmp(), and
5007 png_memset() macros are no longer used in the libpng sources and
5008 have been removed. These had already been made invisible to applications
5009 (i.e., defined in the private pngpriv.h header file) since libpng-1.5.0.
5010
5011The signatures of many exported functions were changed, such that
5012 png_structp became png_structrp or png_const_structrp
5013 png_infop became png_inforp or png_const_inforp
5014where "rp" indicates a "restricted pointer".
5015
5016Error detection in some chunks has improved; in particular the iCCP chunk
5017reader now does pretty complete validation of the basic format. Some bad
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone9a8fb82013-10-26 11:29:36 -05005018profiles that were previously accepted are now accepted with a warning or
5019rejected, depending upon the png_set_benign_errors() setting, in particular the
5020very old broken Microsoft/HP 3144-byte sRGB profile. The PNG spec requirement
5021that only grayscale profiles may appear in images with color type 0 or 4 and
5022that even if the image only contains gray pixels, only RGB profiles may appear
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2e0c5f02013-03-31 22:55:55 -05005023in images with color type 2, 3, or 6, is now enforced. The sRGB chunk
5024is allowed to appear in images with any color type.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005025
Glenn Randers-Pehrson2b87a542013-07-14 18:34:13 -05005026Prior to libpng-1.6.0 a warning would be issued if the iTXt chunk contained
5027an empty language field or an empty translated keyword. Both of these
5028are allowed by the PNG specification, so these warnings are no longer issued.
5029
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005030The library now issues an error if the application attempts to set a
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone9a8fb82013-10-26 11:29:36 -05005031transform after it calls png_read_update_info() or if it attempts to call
5032both png_read_update_info() and png_start_read_image() or to call either
5033of them more than once.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005034
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond5dd93f2013-07-02 09:20:36 -05005035The default condition for benign_errors is now to treat benign errors as
5036warnings while reading and as errors while writing.
5037
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005038The library now issues a warning if both background processing and RGB to
5039gray are used when gamma correction happens. As with previous versions of
5040the library the results are numerically very incorrect in this case.
5041
5042There are some minor arithmetic changes in some transforms such as
5043png_set_background(), that might be detected by certain regression tests.
5044
5045Unknown chunk handling has been improved internally, without any API change.
5046This adds more correct option control of the unknown handling, corrects
5047a pre-existing bug where the per-chunk 'keep' setting is ignored, and makes
5048it possible to skip IDAT chunks in the sequential reader.
5049
5050The machine-generated configure files are no longer included in branches
5051libpng16 and later of the GIT repository. They continue to be included
5052in the tarball releases, however.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson80647772013-02-04 19:50:56 -06005053
Glenn Randers-Pehrson30145f22013-11-24 13:33:07 -06005054Libpng-1.6.0 through 1.6.2 used the CMF bytes at the beginning of the IDAT
5055stream to set the size of the sliding window for reading instead of using the
5056default 32-kbyte sliding window size. It was discovered that there are
5057hundreds of PNG files in the wild that have incorrect CMF bytes that caused
5058libpng to issue a "too far back" error and reject the file. Libpng-1.6.3 and
5059later calculate their own safe CMF from the image dimensions, provide a way
5060to revert to the libpng-1.5.x behavior (ignoring the CMF bytes and using a
Glenn Randers-Pehrson52083f92013-08-17 15:44:37 -0500506132-kbyte sliding window), by using
5062
5063 png_set_option(png_ptr, PNG_MAXIMUM_INFLATE_WINDOW,
5064 PNG_OPTION_ON);
5065
Glenn Randers-Pehrson30145f22013-11-24 13:33:07 -06005066and provide a tool (contrib/tools/pngfix) for optimizing the CMF bytes
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4cf24652013-05-08 22:04:02 -05005067correctly.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonff141eb2013-05-08 19:46:10 -05005068
5069Libpng-1.6.0 and libpng-1.6.1 wrote uncompressed iTXt chunks with the wrong
5070length, which resulted in PNG files that cannot be read beyond the bad iTXt
5071chunk. This error was fixed in libpng-1.6.3, and a tool (called
5072contrib/tools/png-fix-itxt) has been added to the libpng distribution.
5073
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06005074XIII. Detecting libpng
Glenn Randers-Pehrson37e7e0b2009-06-02 13:46:41 -05005075
5076The png_get_io_ptr() function has been present since libpng-0.88, has never
5077changed, and is unaffected by conditional compilation macros. It is the
5078best choice for use in configure scripts for detecting the presence of any
Glenn Randers-Pehrson99708d52009-06-29 17:30:00 -05005079libpng version since 0.88. In an autoconf "configure.in" you could use
5080
5081 AC_CHECK_LIB(png, png_get_io_ptr, ...
Glenn Randers-Pehrson37e7e0b2009-06-02 13:46:41 -05005082
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06005083XV. Source code repository
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005084
5085Since about February 2009, version 1.2.34, libpng has been under "git" source
5086control. The git repository was built from old libpng-x.y.z.tar.gz files
5087going back to version 0.70. You can access the git repository (read only)
5088at
5089
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone2d8e112013-04-11 18:53:51 -05005090 git://git.code.sf.net/p/libpng/code
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005091
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone2d8e112013-04-11 18:53:51 -05005092or you can browse it with a web browser by selecting the "code" button at
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005093
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone2d8e112013-04-11 18:53:51 -05005094 https://sourceforge.net/projects/libpng
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005095
5096Patches can be sent to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net or to
5097png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net or you can upload them to
5098the libpng bug tracker at
5099
5100 http://libpng.sourceforge.net
5101
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06005102We also accept patches built from the tar or zip distributions, and
5103simple verbal discriptions of bug fixes, reported either to the
Glenn Randers-Pehrsona5e55472011-07-12 10:13:32 -05005104SourceForge bug tracker, to the png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net
5105mailing list, or directly to glennrp.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson7bc25012011-01-21 23:29:09 -06005106
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06005107XV. Coding style
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005108
5109Our coding style is similar to the "Allman" style, with curly
5110braces on separate lines:
5111
5112 if (condition)
5113 {
5114 action;
5115 }
5116
5117 else if (another condition)
5118 {
5119 another action;
5120 }
5121
5122The braces can be omitted from simple one-line actions:
5123
5124 if (condition)
5125 return (0);
5126
5127We use 3-space indentation, except for continued statements which
5128are usually indented the same as the first line of the statement
5129plus four more spaces.
5130
Glenn Randers-Pehrson6076da82009-09-30 12:28:07 -05005131For macro definitions we use 2-space indentation, always leaving the "#"
5132in the first column.
5133
5134 #ifndef PNG_NO_FEATURE
5135 # ifndef PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
5136 # define PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
5137 # endif
5138 #endif
5139
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005140Comments appear with the leading "/*" at the same indentation as
5141the statement that follows the comment:
5142
5143 /* Single-line comment */
5144 statement;
5145
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone4c706a2010-03-06 14:51:54 -06005146 /* This is a multiple-line
5147 * comment.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005148 */
5149 statement;
5150
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone4c706a2010-03-06 14:51:54 -06005151Very short comments can be placed after the end of the statement
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005152to which they pertain:
5153
5154 statement; /* comment */
5155
5156We don't use C++ style ("//") comments. We have, however,
5157used them in the past in some now-abandoned MMX assembler
5158code.
5159
Glenn Randers-Pehrson9dcde092009-06-08 08:31:59 -05005160Functions and their curly braces are not indented, and
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005161exported functions are marked with PNGAPI:
5162
5163 /* This is a public function that is visible to
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06005164 * application programmers. It does thus-and-so.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005165 */
5166 void PNGAPI
5167 png_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
5168 {
5169 body;
5170 }
5171
Glenn Randers-Pehrson416976f2009-07-27 22:16:09 -05005172The prototypes for all exported functions appear in png.h,
5173above the comment that says
5174
5175 /* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ... */
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005176
5177We mark all non-exported functions with "/* PRIVATE */"":
5178
5179 void /* PRIVATE */
5180 png_non_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
5181 {
5182 body;
5183 }
5184
Glenn Randers-Pehrson416976f2009-07-27 22:16:09 -05005185The prototypes for non-exported functions (except for those in
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4f25bf32009-10-29 23:34:44 -05005186pngtest) appear in
5187pngpriv.h
Glenn Randers-Pehrson416976f2009-07-27 22:16:09 -05005188above the comment that says
5189
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005190 /* Maintainer: Put new private prototypes here ^ */
5191
5192We put a space after the "sizeof" operator and we omit the
5193optional parentheses around its argument when the argument
5194is an expression, not a type name, and we always enclose the
5195sizeof operator, with its argument, in parentheses:
5196
5197 (sizeof (png_uint_32))
5198 (sizeof array)
5199
5200Prior to libpng-1.6.0 we used a "png_sizeof()" macro, formatted as
5201though it were a function.
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonece07cf2012-08-10 18:08:02 -05005202
Glenn Randers-Pehrsoncbbe9a52011-01-29 16:12:11 -06005203To avoid polluting the global namespace, the names of all exported
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005204functions and variables begin with "png_", and all publicly visible C
5205preprocessor macros begin with "PNG". We request that applications that
Glenn Randers-Pehrsoncbbe9a52011-01-29 16:12:11 -06005206use libpng *not* begin any of their own symbols with either of these strings.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005207
5208We put a space after each comma and after each semicolon
Glenn Randers-Pehrson49a56e72010-12-06 20:06:01 -06005209in "for" statements, and we put spaces before and after each
Glenn Randers-Pehrsone4c706a2010-03-06 14:51:54 -06005210C binary operator and after "for" or "while", and before
5211"?". We don't put a space between a typecast and the expression
5212being cast, nor do we put one between a function name and the
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005213left parenthesis that follows it:
5214
5215 for (i = 2; i > 0; --i)
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4e6b5e92009-09-23 10:24:53 -05005216 y[i] = a(x) + (int)b;
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005217
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005218We prefer #ifdef and #ifndef to #if defined() and #if !defined()
5219when there is only one macro being tested. We always use parentheses
5220with "defined".
Glenn Randers-Pehrsond60c8862009-06-15 21:56:14 -05005221
Glenn Randers-Pehrson8db19982011-10-27 16:17:24 -05005222We prefer to express integers that are used as bit masks in hex format,
5223with an even number of lower-case hex digits (e.g., 0x00, 0xff, 0x0100).
5224
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005225We prefer to use underscores in variable names rather than camelCase, except
5226for a few type names that we inherit from zlib.h.
5227
Glenn Randers-Pehrson4e6b5e92009-09-23 10:24:53 -05005228We do not use the TAB character for indentation in the C sources.
5229
Glenn Randers-Pehrson62ca98e2009-12-20 15:14:57 -06005230Lines do not exceed 80 characters.
5231
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonf210a052009-11-12 10:02:24 -06005232Other rules can be inferred by inspecting the libpng source.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.netb1c0d332009-05-15 20:39:34 -05005233
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0501c1c2012-01-11 14:00:52 -06005234XVI. Y2K Compliance in libpng
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05005235
Glenn Randers-Pehrson0740c622013-12-26 11:21:50 -06005236December 26, 2013
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05005237
5238Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make
5239an official declaration.
5240
5241This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and
Glenn Randers-Pehrsonbff81bd2013-12-19 15:13:00 -06005242upward through 1.6.9beta01 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that earlier
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05005243versions were also Y2K compliant.
5244
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005245Libpng only has two year fields. One is a 2-byte unsigned integer
5246that will hold years up to 65535. The other, which is deprecated,
5247holds the date in text format, and will hold years up to 9999.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05005248
5249The integer is
5250 "png_uint_16 year" in png_time_struct.
5251
Glenn Randers-Pehrson871b1d02013-03-02 14:58:22 -06005252The string is
5253 "char time_buffer[29]" in png_struct. This is no longer used
5254in libpng-1.6.x and will be removed from libpng-1.7.0.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net9a692c02009-05-15 20:38:11 -05005255
5256There are seven time-related functions:
5257
5258 png_convert_to_rfc_1123() in png.c
5259 (formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1152() in error)
5260 png_convert_from_struct_tm() in pngwrite.c, called
5261 in pngwrite.c
5262 png_convert_from_time_t() in pngwrite.c
5263 png_get_tIME() in pngget.c
5264 png_handle_tIME() in pngrutil.c, called in pngread.c
5265 png_set_tIME() in pngset.c
5266 png_write_tIME() in pngwutil.c, called in pngwrite.c
5267
5268All appear to handle dates properly in a Y2K environment. The
5269png_convert_from_time_t() function calls gmtime() to convert from system
5270clock time, which returns (year - 1900), which we properly convert to
5271the full 4-digit year. There is a possibility that applications using
5272libpng are not passing 4-digit years into the png_convert_to_rfc_1123()
5273function, or that they are incorrectly passing only a 2-digit year
5274instead of "year - 1900" into the png_convert_from_struct_tm() function,
5275but this is not under our control. The libpng documentation has always
5276stated that it works with 4-digit years, and the APIs have been
5277documented as such.
5278
5279The tIME chunk itself is also Y2K compliant. It uses a 2-byte unsigned
5280integer to hold the year, and can hold years as large as 65535.
5281
5282zlib, upon which libpng depends, is also Y2K compliant. It contains
5283no date-related code.
5284
5285
5286 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
5287 libpng maintainer
5288 PNG Development Group